Undoing the changes erroneously committed just before.
[emacs.git] / src / w32term.c
blob09f0f1afd7193b39fb47960be1ccab150155e33e
1 /* Implementation of GUI terminal on the Microsoft W32 API.
2 Copyright (C) 1989, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
10 any later version.
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
19 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
20 Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
22 #include <config.h>
23 #include <signal.h>
24 #include <stdio.h>
25 #include <stdlib.h>
26 #include "lisp.h"
27 #include "charset.h"
28 #include "blockinput.h"
30 #include "w32heap.h"
31 #include "w32term.h"
32 #include "w32bdf.h"
33 #include <shellapi.h>
35 #include "systty.h"
36 #include "systime.h"
37 #include "atimer.h"
39 #include <ctype.h>
40 #include <errno.h>
41 #include <setjmp.h>
42 #include <sys/stat.h>
44 #include "keyboard.h"
45 #include "frame.h"
46 #include "dispextern.h"
47 #include "fontset.h"
48 #include "termhooks.h"
49 #include "termopts.h"
50 #include "termchar.h"
51 #include "gnu.h"
52 #include "disptab.h"
53 #include "buffer.h"
54 #include "window.h"
55 #include "intervals.h"
56 #include "composite.h"
57 #include "coding.h"
59 #undef min
60 #undef max
61 #define min(x, y) (((x) < (y)) ? (x) : (y))
62 #define max(x, y) (((x) > (y)) ? (x) : (y))
64 #define abs(x) ((x) < 0 ? -(x) : (x))
66 #define BETWEEN(X, LOWER, UPPER) ((X) >= (LOWER) && (X) < (UPPER))
69 /* Bitmaps for truncated lines. */
71 enum bitmap_type
73 NO_BITMAP,
74 LEFT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP,
75 RIGHT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP,
76 OVERLAY_ARROW_BITMAP,
77 CONTINUED_LINE_BITMAP,
78 CONTINUATION_LINE_BITMAP,
79 ZV_LINE_BITMAP
82 /* Bitmaps are all unsigned short, as Windows requires bitmap data to
83 be Word aligned. For some reason they are horizontally reflected
84 compared to how they appear on X, so changes in xterm.c should be
85 reflected here. */
87 /* Bitmap drawn to indicate lines not displaying text if
88 `indicate-empty-lines' is non-nil. */
90 #define zv_width 8
91 #define zv_height 8
92 static unsigned short zv_bits[] = {
93 0x00, 0x00, 0x78, 0x78, 0x78, 0x78, 0x00, 0x00};
94 static HBITMAP zv_bmp;
96 /* An arrow like this: `<-'. */
98 #define left_width 8
99 #define left_height 8
100 static unsigned short left_bits[] = {
101 0x18, 0x30, 0x60, 0xfc, 0xfc, 0x60, 0x30, 0x18};
102 static HBITMAP left_bmp;
104 /* Right truncation arrow bitmap `->'. */
106 #define right_width 8
107 #define right_height 8
108 static unsigned short right_bits[] = {
109 0x18, 0x0c, 0x06, 0x3f, 0x3f, 0x06, 0x0c, 0x18};
110 static HBITMAP right_bmp;
112 /* Marker for continued lines. */
114 #define continued_width 8
115 #define continued_height 8
116 static unsigned short continued_bits[] = {
117 0x3c, 0x3e, 0x03, 0x27, 0x3f, 0x3e, 0x3c, 0x3e};
118 static HBITMAP continued_bmp;
120 /* Marker for continuation lines. */
122 #define continuation_width 8
123 #define continuation_height 8
124 static unsigned short continuation_bits[] = {
125 0x3c, 0x7c, 0xc0, 0xe4, 0xfc, 0x7c, 0x3c, 0x7c};
126 static HBITMAP continuation_bmp;
128 /* Overlay arrow bitmap. */
130 #if 0
131 /* A bomb. */
132 #define ov_width 8
133 #define ov_height 8
134 static unsigned short ov_bits[] = {
135 0x0c, 0x10, 0x3c, 0x7e, 0x5e, 0x5e, 0x46, 0x3c};
136 #else
137 /* A triangular arrow. */
138 #define ov_width 8
139 #define ov_height 8
140 static unsigned short ov_bits[] = {
141 0xc0, 0xf0, 0xf8, 0xfc, 0xfc, 0xf8, 0xf0, 0xc0};
142 #endif
143 static HBITMAP ov_bmp;
145 extern Lisp_Object Qhelp_echo;
148 /* Non-zero means Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars. */
150 int x_toolkit_scroll_bars_p;
152 /* If a string, w32_read_socket generates an event to display that string.
153 (The display is done in read_char.) */
155 static Lisp_Object help_echo;
156 static Lisp_Object help_echo_window;
157 static Lisp_Object help_echo_object;
158 static int help_echo_pos;
160 /* Temporary variable for w32_read_socket. */
162 static Lisp_Object previous_help_echo;
164 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
165 start. */
167 static int any_help_event_p;
169 /* Non-zero means draw block and hollow cursor as wide as the glyph
170 under it. For example, if a block cursor is over a tab, it will be
171 drawn as wide as that tab on the display. */
173 int x_stretch_cursor_p;
175 extern unsigned int msh_mousewheel;
177 extern void free_frame_menubar ();
179 extern void w32_menu_display_help (HMENU menu, UINT menu_item, UINT flags);
181 extern int w32_codepage_for_font (char *fontname);
183 extern glyph_metric *w32_BDF_TextMetric(bdffont *fontp,
184 unsigned char *text, int dim);
185 extern Lisp_Object Vwindow_system;
187 #define x_any_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
188 #define x_top_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
191 /* This is display since w32 does not support multiple ones. */
192 struct w32_display_info one_w32_display_info;
194 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME . FONT-LIST-CACHE),
195 one for each element of w32_display_list and in the same order.
196 NAME is the name of the frame.
197 FONT-LIST-CACHE records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
198 Lisp_Object w32_display_name_list;
200 /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c.
201 This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the
202 w32 functions. It is zero while not inside an update.
203 In that case, the w32 functions assume that `SELECTED_FRAME ()'
204 is the frame to apply to. */
205 extern struct frame *updating_frame;
207 /* This is a frame waiting to be autoraised, within w32_read_socket. */
208 struct frame *pending_autoraise_frame;
210 /* Nominal cursor position -- where to draw output.
211 HPOS and VPOS are window relative glyph matrix coordinates.
212 X and Y are window relative pixel coordinates. */
214 struct cursor_pos output_cursor;
216 /* Flag to enable Unicode output in case users wish to use programs
217 like Twinbridge on '95 rather than installed system level support
218 for Far East languages. */
219 int w32_enable_unicode_output;
221 DWORD dwWindowsThreadId = 0;
222 HANDLE hWindowsThread = NULL;
223 DWORD dwMainThreadId = 0;
224 HANDLE hMainThread = NULL;
226 #ifndef SIF_ALL
227 /* These definitions are new with Windows 95. */
228 #define SIF_RANGE 0x0001
229 #define SIF_PAGE 0x0002
230 #define SIF_POS 0x0004
231 #define SIF_DISABLENOSCROLL 0x0008
232 #define SIF_TRACKPOS 0x0010
233 #define SIF_ALL (SIF_RANGE | SIF_PAGE | SIF_POS | SIF_TRACKPOS)
235 typedef struct tagSCROLLINFO
237 UINT cbSize;
238 UINT fMask;
239 int nMin;
240 int nMax;
241 UINT nPage;
242 int nPos;
243 int nTrackPos;
244 } SCROLLINFO, FAR *LPSCROLLINFO;
245 typedef SCROLLINFO CONST FAR *LPCSCROLLINFO;
246 #endif /* SIF_ALL */
248 /* Dynamic linking to new proportional scroll bar functions. */
249 int (PASCAL *pfnSetScrollInfo) (HWND hwnd, int fnBar, LPSCROLLINFO lpsi, BOOL fRedraw);
250 BOOL (PASCAL *pfnGetScrollInfo) (HWND hwnd, int fnBar, LPSCROLLINFO lpsi);
252 int vertical_scroll_bar_min_handle;
253 int vertical_scroll_bar_top_border;
254 int vertical_scroll_bar_bottom_border;
256 int last_scroll_bar_drag_pos;
258 /* Mouse movement. */
260 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
262 FRAME_PTR last_mouse_frame;
263 static RECT last_mouse_glyph;
264 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame;
266 Lisp_Object Vw32_num_mouse_buttons;
268 Lisp_Object Vw32_swap_mouse_buttons;
270 /* Control whether x_raise_frame also sets input focus. */
271 Lisp_Object Vw32_grab_focus_on_raise;
273 /* Control whether Caps Lock affects non-ascii characters. */
274 Lisp_Object Vw32_capslock_is_shiftlock;
276 /* Control whether right-alt and left-ctrl should be recognized as AltGr. */
277 Lisp_Object Vw32_recognize_altgr;
279 /* The scroll bar in which the last motion event occurred.
281 If the last motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this
282 so w32_mouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
283 an ordinary motion.
285 If the last motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set this
286 to Qnil, to tell w32_mouse_position to return an ordinary motion event. */
287 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar;
288 static int last_mouse_scroll_bar_pos;
290 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that w32_mouse_position would
291 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
292 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
293 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
294 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
295 it's somewhat accurate. */
297 static Time last_mouse_movement_time;
299 /* Incremented by w32_read_socket whenever it really tries to read
300 events. */
302 #ifdef __STDC__
303 static int volatile input_signal_count;
304 #else
305 static int input_signal_count;
306 #endif
308 extern Lisp_Object Vcommand_line_args, Vsystem_name;
310 extern Lisp_Object Qface, Qmouse_face;
312 #ifndef USE_CRT_DLL
313 extern int errno;
314 #endif
316 /* A mask of extra modifier bits to put into every keyboard char. */
318 extern int extra_keyboard_modifiers;
320 /* Enumeration for overriding/changing the face to use for drawing
321 glyphs in x_draw_glyphs. */
323 enum draw_glyphs_face
325 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT,
326 DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO,
327 DRAW_CURSOR,
328 DRAW_MOUSE_FACE,
329 DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED,
330 DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
333 static void x_update_window_end P_ ((struct window *, int, int));
334 static void frame_to_window_pixel_xy P_ ((struct window *, int *, int *));
335 void w32_delete_display P_ ((struct w32_display_info *));
336 static int fast_find_position P_ ((struct window *, int, int *, int *,
337 int *, int *));
338 static void set_output_cursor P_ ((struct cursor_pos *));
339 static struct glyph *x_y_to_hpos_vpos P_ ((struct window *, int, int,
340 int *, int *, int *));
341 static void note_mode_line_highlight P_ ((struct window *, int, int));
342 static void x_check_font P_ ((struct frame *, XFontStruct *));
343 static void note_mouse_highlight P_ ((struct frame *, int, int));
344 static void note_tool_bar_highlight P_ ((struct frame *f, int, int));
345 static void w32_handle_tool_bar_click P_ ((struct frame *,
346 struct input_event *));
347 static void show_mouse_face P_ ((struct w32_display_info *,
348 enum draw_glyphs_face));
349 void clear_mouse_face P_ ((struct w32_display_info *));
351 void x_lower_frame P_ ((struct frame *));
352 void x_scroll_bar_clear P_ ((struct frame *));
353 void x_wm_set_size_hint P_ ((struct frame *, long, int));
354 void x_raise_frame P_ ((struct frame *));
355 void x_set_window_size P_ ((struct frame *, int, int, int));
356 void x_wm_set_window_state P_ ((struct frame *, int));
357 void x_wm_set_icon_pixmap P_ ((struct frame *, int));
358 void w32_initialize P_ ((void));
359 static void x_font_min_bounds P_ ((XFontStruct *, int *, int *));
360 int x_compute_min_glyph_bounds P_ ((struct frame *));
361 static void x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph P_ ((struct window *,
362 struct glyph_row *,
363 enum draw_glyphs_face));
364 static void x_update_end P_ ((struct frame *));
365 static void w32_frame_up_to_date P_ ((struct frame *));
366 static void w32_reassert_line_highlight P_ ((int, int));
367 static void x_change_line_highlight P_ ((int, int, int, int));
368 static void w32_set_terminal_modes P_ ((void));
369 static void w32_reset_terminal_modes P_ ((void));
370 static void w32_cursor_to P_ ((int, int, int, int));
371 static void x_write_glyphs P_ ((struct glyph *, int));
372 static void x_clear_end_of_line P_ ((int));
373 static void x_clear_frame P_ ((void));
374 static void x_clear_cursor P_ ((struct window *));
375 static void frame_highlight P_ ((struct frame *));
376 static void frame_unhighlight P_ ((struct frame *));
377 static void w32_new_focus_frame P_ ((struct w32_display_info *,
378 struct frame *));
379 static void w32_frame_rehighlight P_ ((struct frame *));
380 static void x_frame_rehighlight P_ ((struct w32_display_info *));
381 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *));
382 static void x_draw_bar_cursor P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *, int));
383 static void expose_frame P_ ((struct frame *, int, int, int, int));
384 static void expose_window_tree P_ ((struct window *, RECT *));
385 static void expose_window P_ ((struct window *, RECT *));
386 static void expose_area P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *,
387 RECT *, enum glyph_row_area));
388 static void expose_line P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *,
389 RECT *));
390 void x_update_cursor P_ ((struct frame *, int));
391 static void x_update_cursor_in_window_tree P_ ((struct window *, int));
392 static void x_update_window_cursor P_ ((struct window *, int));
393 static void x_erase_phys_cursor P_ ((struct window *));
394 void x_display_cursor P_ ((struct window *w, int, int, int, int, int));
395 void x_display_and_set_cursor P_ ((struct window *, int, int, int, int, int));
396 static void w32_draw_bitmap P_ ((struct window *, HDC hdc, struct glyph_row *,
397 enum bitmap_type));
398 static int x_phys_cursor_in_rect_p P_ ((struct window *, RECT *));
399 static void x_draw_row_bitmaps P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *));
400 static void note_overwritten_text_cursor P_ ((struct window *, int, int));
401 static void w32_clip_to_row P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *,
402 HDC, int));
404 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms;
407 /***********************************************************************
408 Debugging
409 ***********************************************************************/
411 #if 0
413 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
414 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
416 struct record
418 char *locus;
419 int type;
422 struct record event_record[100];
424 int event_record_index;
426 record_event (locus, type)
427 char *locus;
428 int type;
430 if (event_record_index == sizeof (event_record) / sizeof (struct record))
431 event_record_index = 0;
433 event_record[event_record_index].locus = locus;
434 event_record[event_record_index].type = type;
435 event_record_index++;
438 #endif /* 0 */
441 void XChangeGC (void * ignore, XGCValues* gc, unsigned long mask,
442 XGCValues *xgcv)
444 if (mask & GCForeground)
445 gc->foreground = xgcv->foreground;
446 if (mask & GCBackground)
447 gc->background = xgcv->background;
448 if (mask & GCFont)
449 gc->font = xgcv->font;
452 XGCValues *XCreateGC (void * ignore, Window window, unsigned long mask,
453 XGCValues *xgcv)
455 XGCValues *gc = (XGCValues *) xmalloc (sizeof (XGCValues));
456 bzero (gc, sizeof (XGCValues));
458 XChangeGC (ignore, gc, mask, xgcv);
460 return gc;
463 void XGetGCValues (void* ignore, XGCValues *gc,
464 unsigned long mask, XGCValues *xgcv)
466 XChangeGC (ignore, xgcv, mask, gc);
469 static void
470 w32_set_clip_rectangle (HDC hdc, RECT *rect)
472 if (rect)
474 HRGN clip_region = CreateRectRgnIndirect (rect);
475 SelectClipRgn (hdc, clip_region);
476 DeleteObject (clip_region);
478 else
479 SelectClipRgn (hdc, NULL);
483 /* Draw a hollow rectangle at the specified position. */
484 void
485 w32_draw_rectangle (HDC hdc, XGCValues *gc, int x, int y,
486 int width, int height)
488 HBRUSH hb, oldhb;
489 HPEN hp, oldhp;
491 hb = CreateSolidBrush (gc->background);
492 hp = CreatePen (PS_SOLID, 0, gc->foreground);
493 oldhb = SelectObject (hdc, hb);
494 oldhp = SelectObject (hdc, hp);
496 Rectangle (hdc, x, y, x + width, y + height);
498 SelectObject (hdc, oldhb);
499 SelectObject (hdc, oldhp);
500 DeleteObject (hb);
501 DeleteObject (hp);
504 /* Draw a filled rectangle at the specified position. */
505 void
506 w32_fill_rect (f, hdc, pix, lprect)
507 FRAME_PTR f;
508 HDC hdc;
509 COLORREF pix;
510 RECT * lprect;
512 HBRUSH hb;
513 RECT rect;
515 hb = CreateSolidBrush (pix);
516 FillRect (hdc, lprect, hb);
517 DeleteObject (hb);
520 void
521 w32_clear_window (f)
522 FRAME_PTR f;
524 RECT rect;
525 HDC hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
527 GetClientRect (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), &rect);
528 w32_clear_rect (f, hdc, &rect);
529 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
533 /***********************************************************************
534 Starting and ending an update
535 ***********************************************************************/
537 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
538 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
539 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
540 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
541 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
543 static void
544 x_update_begin (f)
545 struct frame *f;
547 /* Nothing to do. We have to do something though, otherwise the
548 function gets optimized away and the hook is no longer valid. */
549 struct frame *cf = f;
553 /* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window
554 to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor
555 position of W. */
557 static void
558 x_update_window_begin (w)
559 struct window *w;
561 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
562 struct w32_display_info *display_info = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
564 updated_window = w;
565 set_output_cursor (&w->cursor);
567 BLOCK_INPUT;
569 /* Regenerate display palette before drawing if list of requested
570 colors has changed. */
571 if (display_info->regen_palette)
573 w32_regenerate_palette (f);
574 display_info->regen_palette = FALSE;
577 if (f == display_info->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
579 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
580 display_info->mouse_face_defer = 1;
582 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
583 highlighting. */
584 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f))
585 display_info->mouse_face_window = Qnil;
587 #if 0 /* Rows in a current matrix containing glyphs in mouse-face have
588 their mouse_face_p flag set, which means that they are always
589 unequal to rows in a desired matrix which never have that
590 flag set. So, rows containing mouse-face glyphs are never
591 scrolled, and we don't have to switch the mouse highlight off
592 here to prevent it from being scrolled. */
594 /* Can we tell that this update does not affect the window
595 where the mouse highlight is? If so, no need to turn off.
596 Likewise, don't do anything if the frame is garbaged;
597 in that case, the frame's current matrix that we would use
598 is all wrong, and we will redisplay that line anyway. */
599 if (!NILP (display_info->mouse_face_window)
600 && w == XWINDOW (display_info->mouse_face_window))
602 int i;
604 for (i = 0; i < w->desired_matrix->nrows; ++i)
605 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (w->desired_matrix, i))
606 break;
608 if (i < w->desired_matrix->nrows)
609 clear_mouse_face (display_info);
611 #endif /* 0 */
614 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
618 /* Draw a vertical window border to the right of window W if W doesn't
619 have vertical scroll bars. */
621 static void
622 x_draw_vertical_border (w)
623 struct window *w;
625 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
627 /* Redraw borders between horizontally adjacent windows. Don't
628 do it for frames with vertical scroll bars because either the
629 right scroll bar of a window, or the left scroll bar of its
630 neighbor will suffice as a border. */
631 if (!WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w)
632 && !FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f))
634 RECT r;
635 HDC hdc;
637 window_box_edges (w, -1, &r.left, &r.top, &r.right, &r.bottom);
638 r.left = r.right + FRAME_X_RIGHT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f);
639 r.right = r.left + 1;
640 r.bottom -= 1;
642 hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
643 w32_fill_rect (f, hdc, FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f), r);
644 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
649 /* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window).
651 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
652 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
654 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
655 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
656 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
658 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
659 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
660 here. */
662 static void
663 x_update_window_end (w, cursor_on_p, mouse_face_overwritten_p)
664 struct window *w;
665 int cursor_on_p, mouse_face_overwritten_p;
667 if (!w->pseudo_window_p)
669 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo
670 = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w->frame));
672 BLOCK_INPUT;
674 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
675 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
676 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p)
678 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1;
679 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1;
680 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil;
683 if (cursor_on_p)
684 x_display_and_set_cursor (w, 1, output_cursor.hpos,
685 output_cursor.vpos,
686 output_cursor.x, output_cursor.y);
687 x_draw_vertical_border (w);
688 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
691 updated_window = NULL;
695 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
696 update_end. */
698 static void
699 x_update_end (f)
700 struct frame *f;
702 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
703 FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_defer = 0;
707 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a
708 complete update has been performed. The global variable
709 updated_window is not available here. */
711 static void
712 w32_frame_up_to_date (f)
713 struct frame *f;
715 if (FRAME_W32_P (f))
717 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
718 if (dpyinfo->mouse_face_deferred_gc
719 || f == dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
721 BLOCK_INPUT;
722 if (dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
723 note_mouse_highlight (dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame,
724 dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_x,
725 dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_y);
726 dpyinfo->mouse_face_deferred_gc = 0;
727 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
733 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
734 arrow bitmaps, or clear the areas where they would be displayed
735 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is
736 found in updated_window. This function It is called from
737 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
738 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
740 static void
741 x_after_update_window_line (desired_row)
742 struct glyph_row *desired_row;
744 struct window *w = updated_window;
746 xassert (w);
748 if (!desired_row->mode_line_p && !w->pseudo_window_p)
750 BLOCK_INPUT;
751 x_draw_row_bitmaps (w, desired_row);
753 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
754 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. */
755 if (windows_or_buffers_changed)
757 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
758 int width = FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f);
759 int height = desired_row->visible_height;
760 int x = (window_box_right (w, -1)
761 + FRAME_X_RIGHT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f));
762 int y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, max (0, desired_row->y));
763 HDC hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
765 w32_clear_area (f, hdc, x, y, width, height);
766 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
769 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
774 /* Draw the bitmap WHICH in one of the areas to the left or right of
775 window W. ROW is the glyph row for which to display the bitmap; it
776 determines the vertical position at which the bitmap has to be
777 drawn. */
779 static void
780 w32_draw_bitmap (w, hdc, row, which)
781 struct window *w;
782 HDC hdc;
783 struct glyph_row *row;
784 enum bitmap_type which;
786 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
787 Window window = FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f);
788 HDC compat_hdc;
789 int x, y, wd, h, dy;
790 HBITMAP pixmap;
791 HBRUSH fg_brush, orig_brush;
792 HANDLE horig_obj;
793 struct face *face;
795 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
796 w32_clip_to_row (w, row, hdc, 1);
798 switch (which)
800 case LEFT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP:
801 wd = left_width;
802 h = left_height;
803 pixmap = left_bmp;
804 x = (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, 0)
805 - wd
806 - (FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f) - wd) / 2);
807 break;
809 case OVERLAY_ARROW_BITMAP:
810 wd = ov_width;
811 h = ov_height;
812 pixmap = ov_bmp;
813 x = (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, 0)
814 - wd
815 - (FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f) - wd) / 2);
816 break;
818 case RIGHT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP:
819 wd = right_width;
820 h = right_height;
821 pixmap = right_bmp;
822 x = window_box_right (w, -1);
823 x += (FRAME_X_RIGHT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f) - wd) / 2;
824 break;
826 case CONTINUED_LINE_BITMAP:
827 wd = continued_width;
828 h = continued_height;
829 pixmap = continued_bmp;
830 x = window_box_right (w, -1);
831 x += (FRAME_X_RIGHT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f) - wd) / 2;
832 break;
834 case CONTINUATION_LINE_BITMAP:
835 wd = continuation_width;
836 h = continuation_height;
837 pixmap = continuation_bmp;
838 x = (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, 0)
839 - wd
840 - (FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f) - wd) / 2);
841 break;
843 case ZV_LINE_BITMAP:
844 wd = zv_width;
845 h = zv_height;
846 pixmap = zv_bmp;
847 x = (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, 0)
848 - wd
849 - (FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f) - wd) / 2);
850 break;
852 default:
853 abort ();
856 /* Convert to frame coordinates. Set dy to the offset in the row to
857 start drawing the bitmap. */
858 y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, row->y);
859 dy = (row->height - h) / 2;
861 /* Draw the bitmap. */
862 face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, BITMAP_AREA_FACE_ID);
864 compat_hdc = CreateCompatibleDC (hdc);
865 SaveDC (hdc);
866 fg_brush = CreateSolidBrush (face->foreground);
867 orig_brush = SelectObject (hdc, fg_brush);
868 horig_obj = SelectObject (compat_hdc, pixmap);
869 SetTextColor (hdc, face->foreground);
870 SetBkColor (hdc, face->background);
871 #if 0 /* From w32bdf.c (which is from Meadow). */
872 /* Old versions - in case we find a reason to fall back on them. */
873 BitBlt (hdc, x, y + dy, wd, h, compat_hdc, 0, 0, SRCCOPY);
874 BitBlt (hdc, x, y + dy, wd, h, compat_hdc, 0, 0, 0xB8074A);
875 #else
876 BitBlt (hdc, x, y + dy, wd, h, compat_hdc, 0, 0, 0xE20746);
877 #endif
878 SelectObject (compat_hdc, horig_obj);
879 SelectObject (hdc, orig_brush);
880 DeleteObject (fg_brush);
881 DeleteDC (compat_hdc);
882 RestoreDC (hdc, -1);
886 /* Draw flags bitmaps for glyph row ROW on window W. Call this
887 function with input blocked. */
889 static void
890 x_draw_row_bitmaps (w, row)
891 struct window *w;
892 struct glyph_row *row;
894 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
895 enum bitmap_type bitmap;
896 struct face *face;
897 int header_line_height = -1;
898 HDC hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
900 xassert (interrupt_input_blocked);
902 /* If row is completely invisible, because of vscrolling, we
903 don't have to draw anything. */
904 if (row->visible_height <= 0)
905 return;
907 face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, BITMAP_AREA_FACE_ID);
908 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (f, face);
910 /* Decide which bitmap to draw at the left side. */
911 if (row->overlay_arrow_p)
912 bitmap = OVERLAY_ARROW_BITMAP;
913 else if (row->truncated_on_left_p)
914 bitmap = LEFT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP;
915 else if (MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (row))
916 bitmap = CONTINUATION_LINE_BITMAP;
917 else if (row->indicate_empty_line_p)
918 bitmap = ZV_LINE_BITMAP;
919 else
920 bitmap = NO_BITMAP;
922 /* Clear flags area if no bitmap to draw or if bitmap doesn't fill
923 the flags area. */
924 if (bitmap == NO_BITMAP
925 || FRAME_FLAGS_BITMAP_WIDTH (f) < FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f)
926 || row->height > FRAME_FLAGS_BITMAP_HEIGHT (f))
928 /* If W has a vertical border to its left, don't draw over it. */
929 int border = ((XFASTINT (w->left) > 0
930 && !FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f))
931 ? 1 : 0);
932 int left = window_box_left (w, -1);
934 if (header_line_height < 0)
935 header_line_height = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
937 w32_fill_area (f, hdc, face->background,
938 left - FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f) + border,
939 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, max (header_line_height,
940 row->y)),
941 FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f) - border,
942 row->visible_height);
945 /* Draw the left bitmap. */
946 if (bitmap != NO_BITMAP)
947 w32_draw_bitmap (w, hdc, row, bitmap);
949 /* Decide which bitmap to draw at the right side. */
950 if (row->truncated_on_right_p)
951 bitmap = RIGHT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP;
952 else if (row->continued_p)
953 bitmap = CONTINUED_LINE_BITMAP;
954 else
955 bitmap = NO_BITMAP;
957 /* Clear flags area if no bitmap to draw of if bitmap doesn't fill
958 the flags area. */
959 if (bitmap == NO_BITMAP
960 || FRAME_FLAGS_BITMAP_WIDTH (f) < FRAME_X_RIGHT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f)
961 || row->height > FRAME_FLAGS_BITMAP_HEIGHT (f))
963 int right = window_box_right (w, -1);
965 if (header_line_height < 0)
966 header_line_height = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
968 w32_fill_area (f, hdc, face->background,
969 right,
970 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, max (header_line_height,
971 row->y)),
972 FRAME_X_RIGHT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f),
973 row->visible_height);
976 /* Draw the right bitmap. */
977 if (bitmap != NO_BITMAP)
978 w32_draw_bitmap (w, hdc, row, bitmap);
980 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
984 /***********************************************************************
985 Line Highlighting
986 ***********************************************************************/
988 /* External interface to control of standout mode. Not used for W32
989 frames. Aborts when called. */
991 static void
992 w32_reassert_line_highlight (new, vpos)
993 int new, vpos;
995 abort ();
998 /* Call this when about to modify line at position VPOS and change
999 whether it is highlighted. Not used for W32 frames. Aborts when
1000 called. */
1002 static void
1003 x_change_line_highlight (new_highlight, vpos, y, first_unused_hpos)
1004 int new_highlight, vpos, y, first_unused_hpos;
1006 abort ();
1009 /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after
1010 suspend. When starting Emacs, no window is mapped. And nothing
1011 must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that
1012 rarely happens). */
1014 static void
1015 w32_set_terminal_modes (void)
1019 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make
1020 the W32 windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */
1022 static void
1023 w32_reset_terminal_modes (void)
1029 /***********************************************************************
1030 Output Cursor
1031 ***********************************************************************/
1033 /* Set the global variable output_cursor to CURSOR. All cursor
1034 positions are relative to updated_window. */
1036 static void
1037 set_output_cursor (cursor)
1038 struct cursor_pos *cursor;
1040 output_cursor.hpos = cursor->hpos;
1041 output_cursor.vpos = cursor->vpos;
1042 output_cursor.x = cursor->x;
1043 output_cursor.y = cursor->y;
1047 /* Set a nominal cursor position.
1049 HPOS and VPOS are column/row positions in a window glyph matrix. X
1050 and Y are window text area relative pixel positions.
1052 If this is done during an update, updated_window will contain the
1053 window that is being updated and the position is the future output
1054 cursor position for that window. If updated_window is null, use
1055 selected_window and display the cursor at the given position. */
1057 static void
1058 w32_cursor_to (vpos, hpos, y, x)
1059 int vpos, hpos, y, x;
1061 struct window *w;
1063 /* If updated_window is not set, work on selected_window. */
1064 if (updated_window)
1065 w = updated_window;
1066 else
1067 w = XWINDOW (selected_window);
1069 /* Set the output cursor. */
1070 output_cursor.hpos = hpos;
1071 output_cursor.vpos = vpos;
1072 output_cursor.x = x;
1073 output_cursor.y = y;
1075 /* If not called as part of an update, really display the cursor.
1076 This will also set the cursor position of W. */
1077 if (updated_window == NULL)
1079 BLOCK_INPUT;
1080 x_display_cursor (w, 1, hpos, vpos, x, y);
1081 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
1087 /***********************************************************************
1088 Display Iterator
1089 ***********************************************************************/
1091 /* Function prototypes of this page. */
1093 static struct face *x_get_glyph_face_and_encoding P_ ((struct frame *,
1094 struct glyph *,
1095 wchar_t *,
1096 int *));
1097 static struct face *x_get_char_face_and_encoding P_ ((struct frame *, int,
1098 int, wchar_t *, int));
1099 static XCharStruct *w32_per_char_metric P_ ((XFontStruct *,
1100 wchar_t *,
1101 enum w32_char_font_type));
1102 static enum w32_char_font_type
1103 w32_encode_char P_ ((int, wchar_t *, struct font_info *, int *));
1104 static void x_append_glyph P_ ((struct it *));
1105 static void x_append_composite_glyph P_ ((struct it *));
1106 static void x_append_stretch_glyph P_ ((struct it *it, Lisp_Object,
1107 int, int, double));
1108 static void x_produce_glyphs P_ ((struct it *));
1109 static void x_produce_image_glyph P_ ((struct it *it));
1112 /* Dealing with bits of wchar_t as if they were an XChar2B. */
1113 #define BUILD_WCHAR_T(byte1, byte2) \
1114 ((wchar_t)((((byte1) & 0x00ff) << 8) | ((byte2) & 0x00ff)))
1117 #define BYTE1(ch) \
1118 (((ch) & 0xff00) >> 8)
1120 #define BYTE2(ch) \
1121 ((ch) & 0x00ff)
1124 /* Get metrics of character CHAR2B in FONT. Value is always non-null.
1125 If CHAR2B is not contained in FONT, the font's default character
1126 metric is returned. */
1128 static int
1129 w32_bdf_per_char_metric (font, char2b, dim, pcm)
1130 XFontStruct *font;
1131 wchar_t *char2b;
1132 int dim;
1133 XCharStruct * pcm;
1135 glyph_metric * bdf_metric;
1136 char buf[2];
1138 if (dim == 1)
1139 buf[0] = (char)char2b;
1140 else
1142 buf[0] = BYTE1 (*char2b);
1143 buf[1] = BYTE2 (*char2b);
1146 bdf_metric = w32_BDF_TextMetric (font->bdf, buf, dim);
1148 if (bdf_metric)
1150 pcm->width = bdf_metric->dwidth;
1151 pcm->lbearing = bdf_metric->bbox;
1152 pcm->rbearing = bdf_metric->dwidth
1153 - (bdf_metric->bbox + bdf_metric->bbw);
1154 pcm->ascent = bdf_metric->bboy + bdf_metric->bbh;
1155 pcm->descent = -bdf_metric->bboy;
1157 return 1;
1159 return 0;
1163 static int
1164 w32_native_per_char_metric (font, char2b, font_type, pcm)
1165 XFontStruct *font;
1166 wchar_t *char2b;
1167 enum w32_char_font_type font_type;
1168 XCharStruct * pcm;
1170 HDC hdc = GetDC (NULL);
1171 HFONT old_font;
1172 BOOL retval = FALSE;
1174 xassert (font && char2b);
1175 xassert (font->hfont);
1176 xassert (font_type == UNICODE_FONT || font_type == ANSI_FONT);
1178 old_font = SelectObject (hdc, font->hfont);
1180 if ((font->tm.tmPitchAndFamily & TMPF_TRUETYPE) != 0)
1182 ABC char_widths;
1184 if (font_type == UNICODE_FONT)
1185 retval = GetCharABCWidthsW (hdc, *char2b, *char2b, &char_widths);
1186 else
1187 retval = GetCharABCWidthsA (hdc, *char2b, *char2b, &char_widths);
1189 if (retval)
1191 pcm->width = char_widths.abcA + char_widths.abcB + char_widths.abcC;
1192 pcm->lbearing = char_widths.abcA;
1193 pcm->rbearing = pcm->width - char_widths.abcC;
1194 pcm->ascent = FONT_BASE (font);
1195 pcm->descent = FONT_DESCENT (font);
1199 if (!retval)
1201 /* Either font is not a True-type font, or GetCharABCWidthsW
1202 failed (it is not supported on Windows 9x for instance), so we
1203 can't determine the full info we would like. All is not lost
1204 though - we can call GetTextExtentPoint32 to get rbearing and
1205 deduce width based on the font's per-string overhang. lbearing
1206 is assumed to be zero. */
1208 /* TODO: Some Thai characters (and other composites if Windows
1209 supports them) do have lbearing, and report their total width
1210 as zero. Need some way of handling them when
1211 GetCharABCWidthsW fails. */
1212 SIZE sz;
1214 if (font_type == UNICODE_FONT)
1215 retval = GetTextExtentPoint32W (hdc, char2b, 1, &sz);
1216 else
1217 retval = GetTextExtentPoint32A (hdc, (char*)char2b, 1, &sz);
1219 if (retval)
1221 pcm->width = sz.cx - font->tm.tmOverhang;
1222 pcm->rbearing = sz.cx;
1223 pcm->lbearing = 0;
1224 pcm->ascent = FONT_BASE (font);
1225 pcm->descent = FONT_DESCENT (font);
1230 if (pcm->width == 0 && (pcm->rbearing - pcm->lbearing) == 0)
1232 retval = FALSE;
1235 SelectObject (hdc, old_font);
1236 ReleaseDC (NULL, hdc);
1238 return retval;
1242 static XCharStruct *
1243 w32_per_char_metric (font, char2b, font_type)
1244 XFontStruct *font;
1245 wchar_t *char2b;
1246 enum w32_char_font_type font_type;
1248 /* The result metric information. */
1249 XCharStruct *pcm;
1250 BOOL retval;
1252 xassert (font && char2b);
1253 xassert (font_type != UNKNOWN_FONT);
1255 /* Handle the common cases quickly. */
1256 if (font->per_char == NULL)
1257 /* TODO: determine whether char2b exists in font? */
1258 return &font->max_bounds;
1259 else if (*char2b < 128)
1260 return &font->per_char[*char2b];
1262 pcm = &font->scratch;
1264 if (font_type == BDF_1D_FONT)
1265 retval = w32_bdf_per_char_metric (font, char2b, 1, pcm);
1266 else if (font_type == BDF_2D_FONT)
1267 retval = w32_bdf_per_char_metric (font, char2b, 2, pcm);
1268 else
1269 retval = w32_native_per_char_metric (font, char2b, font_type, pcm);
1271 if (retval)
1272 return pcm;
1274 return NULL;
1277 void
1278 w32_cache_char_metrics (font)
1279 XFontStruct *font;
1281 wchar_t char2b = L'x';
1283 /* Cache char metrics for the common cases. */
1284 if (font->bdf)
1286 /* TODO: determine whether font is fixed-pitch. */
1287 if (!w32_bdf_per_char_metric (font, &char2b, 1, &font->max_bounds))
1289 /* Use the font width and height as max bounds, as not all BDF
1290 fonts contain the letter 'x'. */
1291 font->max_bounds.width = FONT_MAX_WIDTH (font);
1292 font->max_bounds.lbearing = -font->bdf->llx;
1293 font->max_bounds.rbearing = FONT_MAX_WIDTH (font) - font->bdf->urx;
1294 font->max_bounds.ascent = FONT_BASE (font);
1295 font->max_bounds.descent = FONT_DESCENT (font);
1298 else
1300 if (((font->tm.tmPitchAndFamily & TMPF_FIXED_PITCH) != 0)
1301 /* Some fonts (eg DBCS fonts) are marked as fixed width even
1302 though they contain characters of different widths. */
1303 || (font->tm.tmMaxCharWidth != font->tm.tmAveCharWidth))
1305 /* Font is not fixed pitch, so cache per_char info for the
1306 ASCII characters. It would be much more work, and probably
1307 not worth it, to cache other chars, since we may change
1308 between using Unicode and ANSI text drawing functions at
1309 run-time. */
1310 int i;
1312 font->per_char = xmalloc (128 * sizeof(XCharStruct));
1313 for (i = 0; i < 128; i++)
1315 char2b = i;
1316 w32_native_per_char_metric (font, &char2b, ANSI_FONT,
1317 &font->per_char[i]);
1320 else
1321 w32_native_per_char_metric (font, &char2b, ANSI_FONT,
1322 &font->max_bounds);
1327 /* Determine if a font is double byte. */
1328 int w32_font_is_double_byte (XFontStruct *font)
1330 return font->double_byte_p;
1334 /* Encode CHAR2B using encoding information from FONT_INFO. CHAR2B is
1335 the two-byte form of C. Encoding is returned in *CHAR2B. */
1337 static INLINE enum w32_char_font_type
1338 w32_encode_char (c, char2b, font_info, two_byte_p)
1339 int c;
1340 wchar_t *char2b;
1341 struct font_info *font_info;
1342 int * two_byte_p;
1344 int charset = CHAR_CHARSET (c);
1345 int codepage;
1346 int unicode_p = 0;
1348 XFontStruct *font = font_info->font;
1350 xassert (two_byte_p);
1352 *two_byte_p = w32_font_is_double_byte (font);
1354 /* FONT_INFO may define a scheme by which to encode byte1 and byte2.
1355 This may be either a program in a special encoder language or a
1356 fixed encoding. */
1357 if (font_info->font_encoder)
1359 /* It's a program. */
1360 struct ccl_program *ccl = font_info->font_encoder;
1362 if (CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset) == 1)
1364 ccl->reg[0] = charset;
1365 ccl->reg[1] = BYTE2 (*char2b);
1367 else
1369 ccl->reg[0] = charset;
1370 ccl->reg[1] = BYTE1 (*char2b);
1371 ccl->reg[2] = BYTE2 (*char2b);
1374 ccl_driver (ccl, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, NULL);
1376 /* We assume that MSBs are appropriately set/reset by CCL
1377 program. */
1378 if (!*two_byte_p) /* 1-byte font */
1379 *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (0, ccl->reg[1]);
1380 else
1381 *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (ccl->reg[1], ccl->reg[2]);
1383 else if (font_info->encoding[charset])
1385 /* Fixed encoding scheme. See fontset.h for the meaning of the
1386 encoding numbers. */
1387 int enc = font_info->encoding[charset];
1389 if ((enc == 1 || enc == 2)
1390 && CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset) == 2)
1391 *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (BYTE1 (*char2b) | 0x80, BYTE2 (*char2b));
1393 if (enc == 1 || enc == 3
1394 || (enc == 4 && CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset) == 1))
1395 *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (BYTE1 (*char2b), BYTE2 (*char2b) | 0x80);
1396 else if (enc == 4)
1398 int sjis1, sjis2;
1400 ENCODE_SJIS (BYTE1 (*char2b), BYTE2 (*char2b),
1401 sjis1, sjis2);
1402 *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (sjis1, sjis2);
1405 codepage = w32_codepage_for_font (font_info->name);
1407 /* If charset is not ASCII or Latin-1, may need to move it into
1408 Unicode space. */
1409 if ( font && !font->bdf && w32_use_unicode_for_codepage (codepage)
1410 && charset != CHARSET_ASCII && charset != charset_latin_iso8859_1)
1412 char temp[3];
1413 temp[0] = BYTE1 (*char2b);
1414 temp[1] = BYTE2 (*char2b);
1415 temp[2] = '\0';
1416 if (codepage != CP_UNICODE)
1418 if (temp[0])
1419 MultiByteToWideChar (codepage, 0, temp, 2, char2b, 1);
1420 else
1421 MultiByteToWideChar (codepage, 0, temp+1, 1, char2b, 1);
1423 unicode_p = 1;
1424 *two_byte_p = 1;
1426 if (!font)
1427 return UNKNOWN_FONT;
1428 else if (font->bdf && CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset) == 1)
1429 return BDF_1D_FONT;
1430 else if (font->bdf)
1431 return BDF_2D_FONT;
1432 else if (unicode_p)
1433 return UNICODE_FONT;
1434 else
1435 return ANSI_FONT;
1439 /* Get face and two-byte form of character C in face FACE_ID on frame
1440 F. The encoding of C is returned in *CHAR2B. MULTIBYTE_P non-zero
1441 means we want to display multibyte text. Value is a pointer to a
1442 realized face that is ready for display. */
1444 static INLINE struct face *
1445 x_get_char_face_and_encoding (f, c, face_id, char2b, multibyte_p)
1446 struct frame *f;
1447 int c, face_id;
1448 wchar_t *char2b;
1449 int multibyte_p;
1451 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, face_id);
1453 if (!multibyte_p)
1455 /* Unibyte case. We don't have to encode, but we have to make
1456 sure to use a face suitable for unibyte. */
1457 *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (0, c);
1458 face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (f, face, c);
1459 face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, face_id);
1461 else if (c < 128 && face_id < BASIC_FACE_ID_SENTINEL)
1463 /* Case of ASCII in a face known to fit ASCII. */
1464 *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (0, c);
1466 else
1468 int c1, c2, charset;
1470 /* Split characters into bytes. If c2 is -1 afterwards, C is
1471 really a one-byte character so that byte1 is zero. */
1472 SPLIT_CHAR (c, charset, c1, c2);
1473 if (c2 > 0)
1474 *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (c1, c2);
1475 else
1476 *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (0, c1);
1478 /* Maybe encode the character in *CHAR2B. */
1479 if (face->font != NULL)
1481 struct font_info *font_info
1482 = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (f, face->font_info_id);
1483 if (font_info)
1484 w32_encode_char (c, char2b, font_info, &multibyte_p);
1488 /* Make sure X resources of the face are allocated. */
1489 xassert (face != NULL);
1490 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (f, face);
1492 return face;
1496 /* Get face and two-byte form of character glyph GLYPH on frame F.
1497 The encoding of GLYPH->u.ch is returned in *CHAR2B. Value is
1498 a pointer to a realized face that is ready for display. */
1500 static INLINE struct face *
1501 x_get_glyph_face_and_encoding (f, glyph, char2b, two_byte_p)
1502 struct frame *f;
1503 struct glyph *glyph;
1504 wchar_t *char2b;
1505 int *two_byte_p;
1507 struct face *face;
1508 int dummy = 0;
1510 xassert (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH);
1511 face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, glyph->face_id);
1513 if (two_byte_p)
1514 *two_byte_p = 0;
1515 else
1516 two_byte_p = &dummy;
1518 if (!glyph->multibyte_p)
1520 /* Unibyte case. We don't have to encode, but we have to make
1521 sure to use a face suitable for unibyte. */
1522 *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (0, glyph->u.ch);
1524 else if (glyph->u.ch < 128
1525 && glyph->face_id < BASIC_FACE_ID_SENTINEL)
1527 /* Case of ASCII in a face known to fit ASCII. */
1528 *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (0, glyph->u.ch);
1530 else
1532 int c1, c2, charset;
1534 /* Split characters into bytes. If c2 is -1 afterwards, C is
1535 really a one-byte character so that byte1 is zero. */
1536 SPLIT_CHAR (glyph->u.ch, charset, c1, c2);
1537 if (c2 > 0)
1538 *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (c1, c2);
1539 else
1540 *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (0, c1);
1542 /* Maybe encode the character in *CHAR2B. */
1543 if (charset != CHARSET_ASCII)
1545 struct font_info *font_info
1546 = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (f, face->font_info_id);
1547 if (font_info)
1549 glyph->w32_font_type
1550 = w32_encode_char (glyph->u.ch, char2b, font_info, two_byte_p);
1555 /* Make sure X resources of the face are allocated. */
1556 xassert (face != NULL);
1557 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (f, face);
1558 return face;
1562 /* Store one glyph for IT->char_to_display in IT->glyph_row.
1563 Called from x_produce_glyphs when IT->glyph_row is non-null. */
1565 static INLINE void
1566 x_append_glyph (it)
1567 struct it *it;
1569 struct glyph *glyph;
1570 enum glyph_row_area area = it->area;
1572 xassert (it->glyph_row);
1573 xassert (it->char_to_display != '\n' && it->char_to_display != '\t');
1575 glyph = it->glyph_row->glyphs[area] + it->glyph_row->used[area];
1576 if (glyph < it->glyph_row->glyphs[area + 1])
1578 glyph->charpos = CHARPOS (it->position);
1579 glyph->object = it->object;
1580 glyph->pixel_width = it->pixel_width;
1581 glyph->voffset = it->voffset;
1582 glyph->type = CHAR_GLYPH;
1583 glyph->multibyte_p = it->multibyte_p;
1584 glyph->left_box_line_p = it->start_of_box_run_p;
1585 glyph->right_box_line_p = it->end_of_box_run_p;
1586 glyph->overlaps_vertically_p = (it->phys_ascent > it->ascent
1587 || it->phys_descent > it->descent);
1588 glyph->padding_p = 0;
1589 glyph->glyph_not_available_p = it->glyph_not_available_p;
1590 glyph->face_id = it->face_id;
1591 glyph->u.ch = it->char_to_display;
1592 glyph->w32_font_type = UNKNOWN_FONT;
1593 ++it->glyph_row->used[area];
1597 /* Store one glyph for the composition IT->cmp_id in IT->glyph_row.
1598 Called from x_produce_glyphs when IT->glyph_row is non-null. */
1600 static INLINE void
1601 x_append_composite_glyph (it)
1602 struct it *it;
1604 struct glyph *glyph;
1605 enum glyph_row_area area = it->area;
1607 xassert (it->glyph_row);
1609 glyph = it->glyph_row->glyphs[area] + it->glyph_row->used[area];
1610 if (glyph < it->glyph_row->glyphs[area + 1])
1612 glyph->charpos = CHARPOS (it->position);
1613 glyph->object = it->object;
1614 glyph->pixel_width = it->pixel_width;
1615 glyph->voffset = it->voffset;
1616 glyph->type = COMPOSITE_GLYPH;
1617 glyph->multibyte_p = it->multibyte_p;
1618 glyph->left_box_line_p = it->start_of_box_run_p;
1619 glyph->right_box_line_p = it->end_of_box_run_p;
1620 glyph->overlaps_vertically_p = (it->phys_ascent > it->ascent
1621 || it->phys_descent > it->descent);
1622 glyph->padding_p = 0;
1623 glyph->glyph_not_available_p = 0;
1624 glyph->face_id = it->face_id;
1625 glyph->u.cmp_id = it->cmp_id;
1626 glyph->w32_font_type = UNKNOWN_FONT;
1627 ++it->glyph_row->used[area];
1632 /* Change IT->ascent and IT->height according to the setting of
1633 IT->voffset. */
1635 static INLINE void
1636 take_vertical_position_into_account (it)
1637 struct it *it;
1639 if (it->voffset)
1641 if (it->voffset < 0)
1642 /* Increase the ascent so that we can display the text higher
1643 in the line. */
1644 it->ascent += abs (it->voffset);
1645 else
1646 /* Increase the descent so that we can display the text lower
1647 in the line. */
1648 it->descent += it->voffset;
1653 /* Produce glyphs/get display metrics for the image IT is loaded with.
1654 See the description of struct display_iterator in dispextern.h for
1655 an overview of struct display_iterator. */
1657 static void
1658 x_produce_image_glyph (it)
1659 struct it *it;
1661 struct image *img;
1662 struct face *face;
1664 xassert (it->what == IT_IMAGE);
1666 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
1667 img = IMAGE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->image_id);
1668 xassert (img);
1670 /* Make sure X resources of the face and image are loaded. */
1671 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (it->f, face);
1672 prepare_image_for_display (it->f, img);
1674 it->ascent = it->phys_ascent = image_ascent (img, face);
1675 it->descent = it->phys_descent = img->height + 2 * img->margin - it->ascent;
1676 it->pixel_width = img->width + 2 * img->margin;
1678 it->nglyphs = 1;
1680 if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
1682 it->ascent += face->box_line_width;
1683 it->descent += face->box_line_width;
1685 if (it->start_of_box_run_p)
1686 it->pixel_width += face->box_line_width;
1687 if (it->end_of_box_run_p)
1688 it->pixel_width += face->box_line_width;
1691 take_vertical_position_into_account (it);
1693 if (it->glyph_row)
1695 struct glyph *glyph;
1696 enum glyph_row_area area = it->area;
1698 glyph = it->glyph_row->glyphs[area] + it->glyph_row->used[area];
1699 if (glyph < it->glyph_row->glyphs[area + 1])
1701 glyph->charpos = CHARPOS (it->position);
1702 glyph->object = it->object;
1703 glyph->pixel_width = it->pixel_width;
1704 glyph->voffset = it->voffset;
1705 glyph->type = IMAGE_GLYPH;
1706 glyph->multibyte_p = it->multibyte_p;
1707 glyph->left_box_line_p = it->start_of_box_run_p;
1708 glyph->right_box_line_p = it->end_of_box_run_p;
1709 glyph->overlaps_vertically_p = 0;
1710 glyph->padding_p = 0;
1711 glyph->glyph_not_available_p = 0;
1712 glyph->face_id = it->face_id;
1713 glyph->u.img_id = img->id;
1714 glyph->w32_font_type = UNKNOWN_FONT;
1715 ++it->glyph_row->used[area];
1721 /* Append a stretch glyph to IT->glyph_row. OBJECT is the source
1722 of the glyph, WIDTH and HEIGHT are the width and height of the
1723 stretch. ASCENT is the percentage/100 of HEIGHT to use for the
1724 ascent of the glyph (0 <= ASCENT <= 1). */
1726 static void
1727 x_append_stretch_glyph (it, object, width, height, ascent)
1728 struct it *it;
1729 Lisp_Object object;
1730 int width, height;
1731 double ascent;
1733 struct glyph *glyph;
1734 enum glyph_row_area area = it->area;
1736 xassert (ascent >= 0 && ascent <= 1);
1738 glyph = it->glyph_row->glyphs[area] + it->glyph_row->used[area];
1739 if (glyph < it->glyph_row->glyphs[area + 1])
1741 glyph->charpos = CHARPOS (it->position);
1742 glyph->object = object;
1743 glyph->pixel_width = width;
1744 glyph->voffset = it->voffset;
1745 glyph->type = STRETCH_GLYPH;
1746 glyph->multibyte_p = it->multibyte_p;
1747 glyph->left_box_line_p = it->start_of_box_run_p;
1748 glyph->right_box_line_p = it->end_of_box_run_p;
1749 glyph->overlaps_vertically_p = 0;
1750 glyph->padding_p = 0;
1751 glyph->glyph_not_available_p = 0;
1752 glyph->face_id = it->face_id;
1753 glyph->u.stretch.ascent = height * ascent;
1754 glyph->u.stretch.height = height;
1755 glyph->w32_font_type = UNKNOWN_FONT;
1756 ++it->glyph_row->used[area];
1761 /* Produce a stretch glyph for iterator IT. IT->object is the value
1762 of the glyph property displayed. The value must be a list
1763 `(space KEYWORD VALUE ...)' with the following KEYWORD/VALUE pairs
1764 being recognized:
1766 1. `:width WIDTH' specifies that the space should be WIDTH *
1767 canonical char width wide. WIDTH may be an integer or floating
1768 point number.
1770 2. `:relative-width FACTOR' specifies that the width of the stretch
1771 should be computed from the width of the first character having the
1772 `glyph' property, and should be FACTOR times that width.
1774 3. `:align-to HPOS' specifies that the space should be wide enough
1775 to reach HPOS, a value in canonical character units.
1777 Exactly one of the above pairs must be present.
1779 4. `:height HEIGHT' specifies that the height of the stretch produced
1780 should be HEIGHT, measured in canonical character units.
1782 5. `:relative-height FACTOR' specifies that the height of the the
1783 stretch should be FACTOR times the height of the characters having
1784 the glyph property.
1786 Either none or exactly one of 4 or 5 must be present.
1788 6. `:ascent ASCENT' specifies that ASCENT percent of the height
1789 of the stretch should be used for the ascent of the stretch.
1790 ASCENT must be in the range 0 <= ASCENT <= 100. */
1792 #define NUMVAL(X) \
1793 ((INTEGERP (X) || FLOATP (X)) \
1794 ? XFLOATINT (X) \
1795 : - 1)
1798 static void
1799 x_produce_stretch_glyph (it)
1800 struct it *it;
1802 /* (space :width WIDTH :height HEIGHT. */
1803 extern Lisp_Object QCwidth, QCheight, QCascent, Qspace;
1804 extern Lisp_Object QCrelative_width, QCrelative_height;
1805 extern Lisp_Object QCalign_to;
1806 Lisp_Object prop, plist;
1807 double width = 0, height = 0, ascent = 0;
1808 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
1809 XFontStruct *font = face->font ? face->font : FRAME_FONT (it->f);
1811 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (it->f, face);
1813 /* List should start with `space'. */
1814 xassert (CONSP (it->object) && EQ (XCAR (it->object), Qspace));
1815 plist = XCDR (it->object);
1817 /* Compute the width of the stretch. */
1818 if (prop = Fplist_get (plist, QCwidth),
1819 NUMVAL (prop) > 0)
1820 /* Absolute width `:width WIDTH' specified and valid. */
1821 width = NUMVAL (prop) * CANON_X_UNIT (it->f);
1822 else if (prop = Fplist_get (plist, QCrelative_width),
1823 NUMVAL (prop) > 0)
1825 /* Relative width `:relative-width FACTOR' specified and valid.
1826 Compute the width of the characters having the `glyph'
1827 property. */
1828 struct it it2;
1829 unsigned char *p = BYTE_POS_ADDR (IT_BYTEPOS (*it));
1831 it2 = *it;
1832 if (it->multibyte_p)
1834 int maxlen = ((IT_BYTEPOS (*it) >= GPT ? ZV : GPT)
1835 - IT_BYTEPOS (*it));
1836 it2.c = STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (p, maxlen, it2.len);
1838 else
1839 it2.c = *p, it2.len = 1;
1841 it2.glyph_row = NULL;
1842 it2.what = IT_CHARACTER;
1843 x_produce_glyphs (&it2);
1844 width = NUMVAL (prop) * it2.pixel_width;
1846 else if (prop = Fplist_get (plist, QCalign_to),
1847 NUMVAL (prop) > 0)
1848 width = NUMVAL (prop) * CANON_X_UNIT (it->f) - it->current_x;
1849 else
1850 /* Nothing specified -> width defaults to canonical char width. */
1851 width = CANON_X_UNIT (it->f);
1853 /* Compute height. */
1854 if (prop = Fplist_get (plist, QCheight),
1855 NUMVAL (prop) > 0)
1856 height = NUMVAL (prop) * CANON_Y_UNIT (it->f);
1857 else if (prop = Fplist_get (plist, QCrelative_height),
1858 NUMVAL (prop) > 0)
1859 height = FONT_HEIGHT (font) * NUMVAL (prop);
1860 else
1861 height = FONT_HEIGHT (font);
1863 /* Compute percentage of height used for ascent. If
1864 `:ascent ASCENT' is present and valid, use that. Otherwise,
1865 derive the ascent from the font in use. */
1866 if (prop = Fplist_get (plist, QCascent),
1867 NUMVAL (prop) > 0 && NUMVAL (prop) <= 100)
1868 ascent = NUMVAL (prop) / 100.0;
1869 else
1870 ascent = (double) FONT_BASE (font) / FONT_HEIGHT (font);
1872 if (width <= 0)
1873 width = 1;
1874 if (height <= 0)
1875 height = 1;
1877 if (it->glyph_row)
1879 Lisp_Object object = it->stack[it->sp - 1].string;
1880 if (!STRINGP (object))
1881 object = it->w->buffer;
1882 x_append_stretch_glyph (it, object, width, height, ascent);
1885 it->pixel_width = width;
1886 it->ascent = it->phys_ascent = height * ascent;
1887 it->descent = it->phys_descent = height - it->ascent;
1888 it->nglyphs = 1;
1890 if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
1892 it->ascent += face->box_line_width;
1893 it->descent += face->box_line_width;
1895 if (it->start_of_box_run_p)
1896 it->pixel_width += face->box_line_width;
1897 if (it->end_of_box_run_p)
1898 it->pixel_width += face->box_line_width;
1901 take_vertical_position_into_account (it);
1904 /* Return proper value to be used as baseline offset of font that has
1905 ASCENT and DESCENT to draw characters by the font at the vertical
1906 center of the line of frame F.
1908 Here, out task is to find the value of BOFF in the following figure;
1910 -------------------------+-----------+-
1911 -+-+---------+-+ | |
1912 | | | | | |
1913 | | | | F_ASCENT F_HEIGHT
1914 | | | ASCENT | |
1915 HEIGHT | | | | |
1916 | | |-|-+------+-----------|------- baseline
1917 | | | | BOFF | |
1918 | |---------|-+-+ | |
1919 | | | DESCENT | |
1920 -+-+---------+-+ F_DESCENT |
1921 -------------------------+-----------+-
1923 -BOFF + DESCENT + (F_HEIGHT - HEIGHT) / 2 = F_DESCENT
1924 BOFF = DESCENT + (F_HEIGHT - HEIGHT) / 2 - F_DESCENT
1925 DESCENT = FONT->descent
1926 HEIGHT = FONT_HEIGHT (FONT)
1927 F_DESCENT = (F->output_data.x->font->descent
1928 - F->output_data.x->baseline_offset)
1929 F_HEIGHT = FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (F)
1932 #define VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET(FONT, F) \
1933 (FONT_DESCENT (FONT) \
1934 + (FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT ((F)) - FONT_HEIGHT ((FONT)) \
1935 + (FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT ((F)) > FONT_HEIGHT ((FONT)))) / 2 \
1936 - (FONT_DESCENT (FRAME_FONT (F)) - FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (F)))
1938 /* Produce glyphs/get display metrics for the display element IT is
1939 loaded with. See the description of struct display_iterator in
1940 dispextern.h for an overview of struct display_iterator. */
1942 static void
1943 x_produce_glyphs (it)
1944 struct it *it;
1946 it->glyph_not_available_p = 0;
1948 if (it->what == IT_CHARACTER)
1950 wchar_t char2b;
1951 XFontStruct *font;
1952 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
1953 XCharStruct *pcm;
1954 int font_not_found_p;
1955 struct font_info *font_info;
1956 int boff; /* baseline offset */
1957 /* We may change it->multibyte_p upon unibyte<->multibyte
1958 conversion. So, save the current value now and restore it
1959 later.
1961 Note: It seems that we don't have to record multibyte_p in
1962 struct glyph because the character code itself tells if or
1963 not the character is multibyte. Thus, in the future, we must
1964 consider eliminating the field `multibyte_p' in the struct
1965 glyph.
1967 int saved_multibyte_p = it->multibyte_p;
1969 /* Maybe translate single-byte characters to multibyte, or the
1970 other way. */
1971 it->char_to_display = it->c;
1972 if (!ASCII_BYTE_P (it->c))
1974 if (unibyte_display_via_language_environment
1975 && SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it->c)
1976 && (it->c >= 0240
1977 || !NILP (Vnonascii_translation_table)))
1979 it->char_to_display = unibyte_char_to_multibyte (it->c);
1980 it->multibyte_p = 1;
1981 it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, it->char_to_display);
1982 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
1984 else if (!SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it->c)
1985 && !it->multibyte_p)
1987 it->char_to_display = multibyte_char_to_unibyte (it->c, Qnil);
1988 it->multibyte_p = 0;
1989 it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, it->char_to_display);
1990 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
1994 /* Get font to use. Encode IT->char_to_display. */
1995 x_get_char_face_and_encoding (it->f, it->char_to_display,
1996 it->face_id, &char2b,
1997 it->multibyte_p);
1998 font = face->font;
2000 /* When no suitable font found, use the default font. */
2001 font_not_found_p = font == NULL;
2002 if (font_not_found_p)
2004 font = FRAME_FONT (it->f);
2005 boff = it->f->output_data.w32->baseline_offset;
2006 font_info = NULL;
2008 else
2010 font_info = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (it->f, face->font_info_id);
2011 boff = font_info->baseline_offset;
2012 if (font_info->vertical_centering)
2013 boff = VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font, it->f) - boff;
2016 if (it->char_to_display >= ' '
2017 && (!it->multibyte_p || it->char_to_display < 128))
2019 /* Either unibyte or ASCII. */
2020 int stretched_p;
2022 it->nglyphs = 1;
2024 pcm = w32_per_char_metric (font, &char2b,
2025 font->bdf ? BDF_1D_FONT : ANSI_FONT);
2026 it->ascent = FONT_BASE (font) + boff;
2027 it->descent = FONT_DESCENT (font) - boff;
2029 if (pcm)
2031 it->phys_ascent = pcm->ascent + boff;
2032 it->phys_descent = pcm->descent - boff;
2033 it->pixel_width = pcm->width;
2035 else
2037 it->glyph_not_available_p = 1;
2038 it->phys_ascent = FONT_BASE (font) + boff;
2039 it->phys_descent = FONT_DESCENT (font) - boff;
2040 it->pixel_width = FONT_WIDTH (font);
2043 /* If this is a space inside a region of text with
2044 `space-width' property, change its width. */
2045 stretched_p = it->char_to_display == ' ' && !NILP (it->space_width);
2046 if (stretched_p)
2047 it->pixel_width *= XFLOATINT (it->space_width);
2049 /* If face has a box, add the box thickness to the character
2050 height. If character has a box line to the left and/or
2051 right, add the box line width to the character's width. */
2052 if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
2054 int thick = face->box_line_width;
2056 it->ascent += thick;
2057 it->descent += thick;
2059 if (it->start_of_box_run_p)
2060 it->pixel_width += thick;
2061 if (it->end_of_box_run_p)
2062 it->pixel_width += thick;
2065 /* If face has an overline, add the height of the overline
2066 (1 pixel) and a 1 pixel margin to the character height. */
2067 if (face->overline_p)
2068 it->ascent += 2;
2070 take_vertical_position_into_account (it);
2072 /* If we have to actually produce glyphs, do it. */
2073 if (it->glyph_row)
2075 if (stretched_p)
2077 /* Translate a space with a `space-width' property
2078 into a stretch glyph. */
2079 double ascent = (double) FONT_BASE (font)
2080 / FONT_HEIGHT (font);
2081 x_append_stretch_glyph (it, it->object, it->pixel_width,
2082 it->ascent + it->descent, ascent);
2084 else
2085 x_append_glyph (it);
2087 /* If characters with lbearing or rbearing are displayed
2088 in this line, record that fact in a flag of the
2089 glyph row. This is used to optimize X output code. */
2090 if (pcm && (pcm->lbearing < 0 || pcm->rbearing > pcm->width))
2091 it->glyph_row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p = 1;
2094 else if (it->char_to_display == '\n')
2096 /* A newline has no width but we need the height of the line. */
2097 it->pixel_width = 0;
2098 it->nglyphs = 0;
2099 it->ascent = it->phys_ascent = FONT_BASE (font) + boff;
2100 it->descent = it->phys_descent = FONT_DESCENT (font) - boff;
2102 if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
2104 int thick = face->box_line_width;
2105 it->ascent += thick;
2106 it->descent += thick;
2109 else if (it->char_to_display == '\t')
2111 int tab_width = it->tab_width * CANON_X_UNIT (it->f);
2112 int x = it->current_x + it->continuation_lines_width;
2113 int next_tab_x = ((1 + x + tab_width - 1) / tab_width) * tab_width;
2115 /* If the distance from the current position to the next tab
2116 stop is less than a canonical character width, use the
2117 tab stop after that. */
2118 if (next_tab_x - x < CANON_X_UNIT (it->f))
2119 next_tab_x += tab_width;
2121 it->pixel_width = next_tab_x - x;
2122 it->nglyphs = 1;
2123 it->ascent = it->phys_ascent = FONT_BASE (font) + boff;
2124 it->descent = it->phys_descent = FONT_DESCENT (font) - boff;
2126 if (it->glyph_row)
2128 double ascent = (double) it->ascent / (it->ascent + it->descent);
2129 x_append_stretch_glyph (it, it->object, it->pixel_width,
2130 it->ascent + it->descent, ascent);
2133 else
2135 /* A multi-byte character.
2136 If we found a font, this font should give us the right
2137 metrics. If we didn't find a font, use the frame's
2138 default font and calculate the width of the character
2139 from the charset width; this is what old redisplay code
2140 did. */
2141 enum w32_char_font_type type;
2143 if (font->bdf && CHARSET_DIMENSION (CHAR_CHARSET (it->c)) == 1)
2144 type = BDF_1D_FONT;
2145 else if (font->bdf)
2146 type = BDF_2D_FONT;
2147 else
2148 type = UNICODE_FONT;
2150 pcm = w32_per_char_metric (font, &char2b, type);
2152 if (font_not_found_p || !pcm)
2154 int charset = CHAR_CHARSET (it->char_to_display);
2156 it->glyph_not_available_p = 1;
2157 it->pixel_width = (FONT_WIDTH (FRAME_FONT (it->f))
2158 * CHARSET_WIDTH (charset));
2159 it->phys_ascent = FONT_BASE (font) + boff;
2160 it->phys_descent = FONT_DESCENT (font) - boff;
2162 else
2164 it->pixel_width = pcm->width;
2165 it->phys_ascent = pcm->ascent + boff;
2166 it->phys_descent = pcm->descent - boff;
2167 if (it->glyph_row
2168 && (pcm->lbearing < 0
2169 || pcm->rbearing > pcm->width))
2170 it->glyph_row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p = 1;
2172 it->nglyphs = 1;
2173 it->ascent = FONT_BASE (font) + boff;
2174 it->descent = FONT_DESCENT (font) - boff;
2176 if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
2178 int thick = face->box_line_width;
2179 it->ascent += thick;
2180 it->descent += thick;
2182 if (it->start_of_box_run_p)
2183 it->pixel_width += thick;
2184 if (it->end_of_box_run_p)
2185 it->pixel_width += thick;
2188 /* If face has an overline, add the height of the overline
2189 (1 pixel) and a 1 pixel margin to the character height. */
2190 if (face->overline_p)
2191 it->ascent += 2;
2193 take_vertical_position_into_account (it);
2195 if (it->glyph_row)
2196 x_append_glyph (it);
2198 it->multibyte_p = saved_multibyte_p;
2200 else if (it->what == IT_COMPOSITION)
2202 /* Note: A composition is represented as one glyph in the
2203 glyph matrix. There are no padding glyphs. */
2204 wchar_t char2b;
2205 XFontStruct *font;
2206 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
2207 XCharStruct *pcm;
2208 int font_not_found_p;
2209 struct font_info *font_info;
2210 int boff; /* baseline offset */
2211 struct composition *cmp = composition_table[it->cmp_id];
2213 /* Maybe translate single-byte characters to multibyte. */
2214 it->char_to_display = it->c;
2215 if (unibyte_display_via_language_environment
2216 && SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it->c)
2217 && (it->c >= 0240
2218 || (it->c >= 0200
2219 && !NILP (Vnonascii_translation_table))))
2221 it->char_to_display = unibyte_char_to_multibyte (it->c);
2224 /* Get face and font to use. Encode IT->char_to_display. */
2225 it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, it->char_to_display);
2226 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
2227 x_get_char_face_and_encoding (it->f, it->char_to_display,
2228 it->face_id, &char2b, it->multibyte_p);
2229 font = face->font;
2231 /* When no suitable font found, use the default font. */
2232 font_not_found_p = font == NULL;
2233 if (font_not_found_p)
2235 font = FRAME_FONT (it->f);
2236 boff = it->f->output_data.w32->baseline_offset;
2237 font_info = NULL;
2239 else
2241 font_info = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (it->f, face->font_info_id);
2242 boff = font_info->baseline_offset;
2243 if (font_info->vertical_centering)
2244 boff = VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font, it->f) - boff;
2247 /* There are no padding glyphs, so there is only one glyph to
2248 produce for the composition. Important is that pixel_width,
2249 ascent and descent are the values of what is drawn by
2250 draw_glyphs (i.e. the values of the overall glyphs composed). */
2251 it->nglyphs = 1;
2253 /* If we have not yet calculated pixel size data of glyphs of
2254 the composition for the current face font, calculate them
2255 now. Theoretically, we have to check all fonts for the
2256 glyphs, but that requires much time and memory space. So,
2257 here we check only the font of the first glyph. This leads
2258 to incorrect display very rarely, and C-l (recenter) can
2259 correct the display anyway. */
2260 if (cmp->font != (void *) font)
2262 /* Ascent and descent of the font of the first character of
2263 this composition (adjusted by baseline offset). Ascent
2264 and descent of overall glyphs should not be less than
2265 them respectively. */
2266 int font_ascent = FONT_BASE (font) + boff;
2267 int font_descent = FONT_DESCENT (font) - boff;
2268 /* Bounding box of the overall glyphs. */
2269 int leftmost, rightmost, lowest, highest;
2270 int i, width, ascent, descent;
2271 enum w32_char_font_type font_type;
2273 cmp->font = (void *) font;
2275 if (font->bdf && CHARSET_DIMENSION (CHAR_CHARSET (it->c)) == 1)
2276 font_type = BDF_1D_FONT;
2277 else if (font->bdf)
2278 font_type = BDF_2D_FONT;
2279 else
2280 font_type = UNICODE_FONT;
2282 /* Initialize the bounding box. */
2283 pcm = w32_per_char_metric (font, &char2b, font_type);
2284 if (pcm)
2286 width = pcm->width;
2287 ascent = pcm->ascent;
2288 descent = pcm->descent;
2290 else
2292 width = FONT_WIDTH (font);
2293 ascent = FONT_BASE (font);
2294 descent = FONT_DESCENT (font);
2297 rightmost = width;
2298 lowest = - descent + boff;
2299 highest = ascent + boff;
2300 leftmost = 0;
2302 if (font_info
2303 && font_info->default_ascent
2304 && CHAR_TABLE_P (Vuse_default_ascent)
2305 && !NILP (Faref (Vuse_default_ascent,
2306 make_number (it->char_to_display))))
2307 highest = font_info->default_ascent + boff;
2309 /* Draw the first glyph at the normal position. It may be
2310 shifted to right later if some other glyphs are drawn at
2311 the left. */
2312 cmp->offsets[0] = 0;
2313 cmp->offsets[1] = boff;
2315 /* Set cmp->offsets for the remaining glyphs. */
2316 for (i = 1; i < cmp->glyph_len; i++)
2318 int left, right, btm, top;
2319 int ch = COMPOSITION_GLYPH (cmp, i);
2320 int face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, ch);
2322 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, face_id);
2323 x_get_char_face_and_encoding (it->f, ch, face->id, &char2b,
2324 it->multibyte_p);
2325 font = face->font;
2326 if (font == NULL)
2328 font = FRAME_FONT (it->f);
2329 boff = it->f->output_data.w32->baseline_offset;
2330 font_info = NULL;
2332 else
2334 font_info
2335 = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (it->f, face->font_info_id);
2336 boff = font_info->baseline_offset;
2337 if (font_info->vertical_centering)
2338 boff = VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font, it->f) - boff;
2341 if (font->bdf && CHARSET_DIMENSION (CHAR_CHARSET (ch)) == 1)
2342 font_type = BDF_1D_FONT;
2343 else if (font->bdf)
2344 font_type = BDF_2D_FONT;
2345 else
2346 font_type = UNICODE_FONT;
2348 pcm = w32_per_char_metric (font, &char2b, font_type);
2349 if (pcm)
2351 width = pcm->width;
2352 ascent = pcm->ascent;
2353 descent = pcm->descent;
2355 else
2357 width = FONT_WIDTH (font);
2358 ascent = FONT_BASE (font);
2359 descent = FONT_DESCENT (font);
2362 if (cmp->method != COMPOSITION_WITH_RULE_ALTCHARS)
2364 /* Relative composition with or without
2365 alternate chars. */
2366 left = (leftmost + rightmost - width) / 2;
2367 btm = - descent + boff;
2368 if (font_info && font_info->relative_compose
2369 && (! CHAR_TABLE_P (Vignore_relative_composition)
2370 || NILP (Faref (Vignore_relative_composition,
2371 make_number (ch)))))
2374 if (- descent >= font_info->relative_compose)
2375 /* One extra pixel between two glyphs. */
2376 btm = highest + 1;
2377 else if (ascent <= 0)
2378 /* One extra pixel between two glyphs. */
2379 btm = lowest - 1 - ascent - descent;
2382 else
2384 /* A composition rule is specified by an integer
2385 value that encodes global and new reference
2386 points (GREF and NREF). GREF and NREF are
2387 specified by numbers as below:
2389 0---1---2 -- ascent
2393 9--10--11 -- center
2395 ---3---4---5--- baseline
2397 6---7---8 -- descent
2399 int rule = COMPOSITION_RULE (cmp, i);
2400 int gref, nref, grefx, grefy, nrefx, nrefy;
2402 COMPOSITION_DECODE_RULE (rule, gref, nref);
2403 grefx = gref % 3, nrefx = nref % 3;
2404 grefy = gref / 3, nrefy = nref / 3;
2406 left = (leftmost
2407 + grefx * (rightmost - leftmost) / 2
2408 - nrefx * width / 2);
2409 btm = ((grefy == 0 ? highest
2410 : grefy == 1 ? 0
2411 : grefy == 2 ? lowest
2412 : (highest + lowest) / 2)
2413 - (nrefy == 0 ? ascent + descent
2414 : nrefy == 1 ? descent - boff
2415 : nrefy == 2 ? 0
2416 : (ascent + descent) / 2));
2419 cmp->offsets[i * 2] = left;
2420 cmp->offsets[i * 2 + 1] = btm + descent;
2422 /* Update the bounding box of the overall glyphs. */
2423 right = left + width;
2424 top = btm + descent + ascent;
2425 if (left < leftmost)
2426 leftmost = left;
2427 if (right > rightmost)
2428 rightmost = right;
2429 if (top > highest)
2430 highest = top;
2431 if (btm < lowest)
2432 lowest = btm;
2435 /* If there are glyphs whose x-offsets are negative,
2436 shift all glyphs to the right and make all x-offsets
2437 non-negative. */
2438 if (leftmost < 0)
2440 for (i = 0; i < cmp->glyph_len; i++)
2441 cmp->offsets[i * 2] -= leftmost;
2442 rightmost -= leftmost;
2445 cmp->pixel_width = rightmost;
2446 cmp->ascent = highest;
2447 cmp->descent = - lowest;
2448 if (cmp->ascent < font_ascent)
2449 cmp->ascent = font_ascent;
2450 if (cmp->descent < font_descent)
2451 cmp->descent = font_descent;
2454 it->pixel_width = cmp->pixel_width;
2455 it->ascent = it->phys_ascent = cmp->ascent;
2456 it->descent = it->phys_descent = cmp->descent;
2458 if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
2460 int thick = face->box_line_width;
2461 it->ascent += thick;
2462 it->descent += thick;
2464 if (it->start_of_box_run_p)
2465 it->pixel_width += thick;
2466 if (it->end_of_box_run_p)
2467 it->pixel_width += thick;
2470 /* If face has an overline, add the height of the overline
2471 (1 pixel) and a 1 pixel margin to the character height. */
2472 if (face->overline_p)
2473 it->ascent += 2;
2475 take_vertical_position_into_account (it);
2477 if (it->glyph_row)
2478 x_append_composite_glyph (it);
2480 else if (it->what == IT_IMAGE)
2481 x_produce_image_glyph (it);
2482 else if (it->what == IT_STRETCH)
2483 x_produce_stretch_glyph (it);
2485 /* Accumulate dimensions. */
2486 xassert (it->ascent >= 0 && it->descent > 0);
2487 if (it->area == TEXT_AREA)
2488 it->current_x += it->pixel_width;
2490 it->descent += it->extra_line_spacing;
2492 it->max_ascent = max (it->max_ascent, it->ascent);
2493 it->max_descent = max (it->max_descent, it->descent);
2494 it->max_phys_ascent = max (it->max_phys_ascent, it->phys_ascent);
2495 it->max_phys_descent = max (it->max_phys_descent, it->phys_descent);
2499 /* Estimate the pixel height of the mode or top line on frame F.
2500 FACE_ID specifies what line's height to estimate. */
2503 x_estimate_mode_line_height (f, face_id)
2504 struct frame *f;
2505 enum face_id face_id;
2507 int height = 1;
2509 /* This function is called so early when Emacs starts that the face
2510 cache and mode line face are not yet initialized. */
2511 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f))
2513 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, face_id);
2514 if (face)
2515 height = FONT_HEIGHT (face->font) + 2 * face->box_line_width;
2518 return height;
2523 BOOL
2524 w32_use_unicode_for_codepage (codepage)
2525 int codepage;
2527 /* If the current codepage is supported, use Unicode for output. */
2528 return (w32_enable_unicode_output
2529 && codepage != CP_8BIT
2530 && (codepage == CP_UNICODE || IsValidCodePage (codepage)));
2534 /***********************************************************************
2535 Glyph display
2536 ***********************************************************************/
2538 /* A sequence of glyphs to be drawn in the same face.
2540 This data structure is not really completely X specific, so it
2541 could possibly, at least partially, be useful for other systems. It
2542 is currently not part of the external redisplay interface because
2543 it's not clear what other systems will need. */
2545 struct glyph_string
2547 /* X-origin of the string. */
2548 int x;
2550 /* Y-origin and y-position of the base line of this string. */
2551 int y, ybase;
2553 /* The width of the string, not including a face extension. */
2554 int width;
2556 /* The width of the string, including a face extension. */
2557 int background_width;
2559 /* The height of this string. This is the height of the line this
2560 string is drawn in, and can be different from the height of the
2561 font the string is drawn in. */
2562 int height;
2564 /* Number of pixels this string overwrites in front of its x-origin.
2565 This number is zero if the string has an lbearing >= 0; it is
2566 -lbearing, if the string has an lbearing < 0. */
2567 int left_overhang;
2569 /* Number of pixels this string overwrites past its right-most
2570 nominal x-position, i.e. x + width. Zero if the string's
2571 rbearing is <= its nominal width, rbearing - width otherwise. */
2572 int right_overhang;
2574 /* The frame on which the glyph string is drawn. */
2575 struct frame *f;
2577 /* The window on which the glyph string is drawn. */
2578 struct window *w;
2580 /* X display and window for convenience. */
2581 Window window;
2583 /* The glyph row for which this string was built. It determines the
2584 y-origin and height of the string. */
2585 struct glyph_row *row;
2587 /* The area within row. */
2588 enum glyph_row_area area;
2590 /* Characters to be drawn, and number of characters. */
2591 wchar_t *char2b;
2592 int nchars;
2594 /* A face-override for drawing cursors, mouse face and similar. */
2595 enum draw_glyphs_face hl;
2597 /* Face in which this string is to be drawn. */
2598 struct face *face;
2600 /* Font in which this string is to be drawn. */
2601 XFontStruct *font;
2603 /* Font info for this string. */
2604 struct font_info *font_info;
2606 /* Non-null means this string describes (part of) a composition.
2607 All characters from char2b are drawn composed. */
2608 struct composition *cmp;
2610 /* Index of this glyph string's first character in the glyph
2611 definition of CMP. If this is zero, this glyph string describes
2612 the first character of a composition. */
2613 int gidx;
2615 /* 1 means this glyph strings face has to be drawn to the right end
2616 of the window's drawing area. */
2617 unsigned extends_to_end_of_line_p : 1;
2619 /* 1 means the background of this string has been drawn. */
2620 unsigned background_filled_p : 1;
2622 /* 1 means glyph string must be drawn with 16-bit functions. */
2623 unsigned two_byte_p : 1;
2625 /* 1 means that the original font determined for drawing this glyph
2626 string could not be loaded. The member `font' has been set to
2627 the frame's default font in this case. */
2628 unsigned font_not_found_p : 1;
2630 /* 1 means that the face in which this glyph string is drawn has a
2631 stipple pattern. */
2632 unsigned stippled_p : 1;
2634 /* 1 means only the foreground of this glyph string must be drawn,
2635 and we should use the physical height of the line this glyph
2636 string appears in as clip rect. */
2637 unsigned for_overlaps_p : 1;
2639 /* The GC to use for drawing this glyph string. */
2640 XGCValues *gc;
2642 HDC hdc;
2644 /* A pointer to the first glyph in the string. This glyph
2645 corresponds to char2b[0]. Needed to draw rectangles if
2646 font_not_found_p is 1. */
2647 struct glyph *first_glyph;
2649 /* Image, if any. */
2650 struct image *img;
2652 struct glyph_string *next, *prev;
2656 /* Encapsulate the different ways of displaying text under W32. */
2658 void W32_TEXTOUT (s, x, y,chars,nchars)
2659 struct glyph_string * s;
2660 int x, y;
2661 wchar_t * chars;
2662 int nchars;
2664 int charset_dim = w32_font_is_double_byte (s->gc->font) ? 2 : 1;
2665 if (s->gc->font->bdf)
2666 w32_BDF_TextOut (s->gc->font->bdf, s->hdc,
2667 x, y, (char *) chars, charset_dim,
2668 nchars * charset_dim, 0);
2669 else if (s->first_glyph->w32_font_type == UNICODE_FONT)
2670 ExtTextOutW (s->hdc, x, y, 0, NULL, chars, nchars, NULL);
2671 else
2672 ExtTextOut (s->hdc, x, y, 0, NULL, (char *) chars,
2673 nchars * charset_dim, NULL);
2676 #if 0
2678 static void
2679 x_dump_glyph_string (s)
2680 struct glyph_string *s;
2682 fprintf (stderr, "glyph string\n");
2683 fprintf (stderr, " x, y, w, h = %d, %d, %d, %d\n",
2684 s->x, s->y, s->width, s->height);
2685 fprintf (stderr, " ybase = %d\n", s->ybase);
2686 fprintf (stderr, " hl = %d\n", s->hl);
2687 fprintf (stderr, " left overhang = %d, right = %d\n",
2688 s->left_overhang, s->right_overhang);
2689 fprintf (stderr, " nchars = %d\n", s->nchars);
2690 fprintf (stderr, " extends to end of line = %d\n",
2691 s->extends_to_end_of_line_p);
2692 fprintf (stderr, " font height = %d\n", FONT_HEIGHT (s->font));
2693 fprintf (stderr, " bg width = %d\n", s->background_width);
2696 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
2700 static void x_append_glyph_string_lists P_ ((struct glyph_string **,
2701 struct glyph_string **,
2702 struct glyph_string *,
2703 struct glyph_string *));
2704 static void x_prepend_glyph_string_lists P_ ((struct glyph_string **,
2705 struct glyph_string **,
2706 struct glyph_string *,
2707 struct glyph_string *));
2708 static void x_append_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string **,
2709 struct glyph_string **,
2710 struct glyph_string *));
2711 static int x_left_overwritten P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2712 static int x_left_overwriting P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2713 static int x_right_overwritten P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2714 static int x_right_overwriting P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2715 static int x_fill_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *, int, int,
2716 int, int));
2717 static void w32_init_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *, HDC hdc,
2718 wchar_t *, struct window *,
2719 struct glyph_row *,
2720 enum glyph_row_area, int,
2721 enum draw_glyphs_face));
2722 static int x_draw_glyphs P_ ((struct window *, int , struct glyph_row *,
2723 enum glyph_row_area, int, int,
2724 enum draw_glyphs_face, int *, int *, int));
2725 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2726 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2727 static void x_draw_glyph_string_background P_ ((struct glyph_string *,
2728 int));
2729 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2730 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2731 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2732 static void x_draw_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2733 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2734 static void x_set_cursor_gc P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2735 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2736 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2737 static void w32_get_glyph_overhangs P_ ((HDC hdc, struct glyph *,
2738 struct frame *,
2739 int *, int *));
2740 static void x_compute_overhangs_and_x P_ ((struct glyph_string *, int, int));
2741 static int w32_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame *, COLORREF *, double, int);
2742 static void w32_setup_relief_color P_ ((struct frame *, struct relief *,
2743 double, int, COLORREF));
2744 static void x_setup_relief_colors P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2745 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2746 static void x_draw_image_relief P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2747 static void x_draw_image_foreground P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2748 static void w32_draw_image_foreground_1 P_ ((struct glyph_string *, HBITMAP));
2749 static void x_fill_image_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2750 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect P_ ((struct glyph_string *, int,
2751 int, int, int));
2752 static void w32_draw_relief_rect P_ ((struct frame *, int, int, int, int,
2753 int, int, int, int, RECT *));
2754 static void w32_draw_box_rect P_ ((struct glyph_string *, int, int, int, int,
2755 int, int, int, RECT *));
2756 static void x_fix_overlapping_area P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *,
2757 enum glyph_row_area));
2760 /* Append the list of glyph strings with head H and tail T to the list
2761 with head *HEAD and tail *TAIL. Set *HEAD and *TAIL to the result. */
2763 static INLINE void
2764 x_append_glyph_string_lists (head, tail, h, t)
2765 struct glyph_string **head, **tail;
2766 struct glyph_string *h, *t;
2768 if (h)
2770 if (*head)
2771 (*tail)->next = h;
2772 else
2773 *head = h;
2774 h->prev = *tail;
2775 *tail = t;
2780 /* Prepend the list of glyph strings with head H and tail T to the
2781 list with head *HEAD and tail *TAIL. Set *HEAD and *TAIL to the
2782 result. */
2784 static INLINE void
2785 x_prepend_glyph_string_lists (head, tail, h, t)
2786 struct glyph_string **head, **tail;
2787 struct glyph_string *h, *t;
2789 if (h)
2791 if (*head)
2792 (*head)->prev = t;
2793 else
2794 *tail = t;
2795 t->next = *head;
2796 *head = h;
2801 /* Append glyph string S to the list with head *HEAD and tail *TAIL.
2802 Set *HEAD and *TAIL to the resulting list. */
2804 static INLINE void
2805 x_append_glyph_string (head, tail, s)
2806 struct glyph_string **head, **tail;
2807 struct glyph_string *s;
2809 s->next = s->prev = NULL;
2810 x_append_glyph_string_lists (head, tail, s, s);
2814 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
2815 face. */
2817 static void
2818 x_set_cursor_gc (s)
2819 struct glyph_string *s;
2821 if (s->font == FRAME_FONT (s->f)
2822 && s->face->background == FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s->f)
2823 && s->face->foreground == FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s->f)
2824 && !s->cmp)
2825 s->gc = s->f->output_data.w32->cursor_gc;
2826 else
2828 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
2829 XGCValues xgcv;
2830 unsigned long mask;
2832 xgcv.background = s->f->output_data.w32->cursor_pixel;
2833 xgcv.foreground = s->face->background;
2835 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
2836 if (xgcv.foreground == xgcv.background)
2837 xgcv.foreground = s->face->foreground;
2838 if (xgcv.foreground == xgcv.background)
2839 xgcv.foreground = s->f->output_data.w32->cursor_foreground_pixel;
2840 if (xgcv.foreground == xgcv.background)
2841 xgcv.foreground = s->face->foreground;
2843 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
2844 if (xgcv.background == s->face->background
2845 && xgcv.foreground == s->face->foreground)
2847 xgcv.background = s->face->foreground;
2848 xgcv.foreground = s->face->background;
2851 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s->f, s->font));
2852 xgcv.font = s->font;
2853 mask = GCForeground | GCBackground | GCFont;
2855 if (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc)
2856 XChangeGC (NULL, FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc,
2857 mask, &xgcv);
2858 else
2859 FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc
2860 = XCreateGC (NULL, s->window, mask, &xgcv);
2862 s->gc = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc;
2867 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
2869 static void
2870 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s)
2871 struct glyph_string *s;
2873 int face_id;
2874 struct face *face;
2876 /* What face has to be used for the mouse face? */
2877 face_id = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->mouse_face_face_id;
2878 face = FACE_FROM_ID (s->f, face_id);
2879 face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (s->f, face, s->first_glyph->u.ch);
2880 s->face = FACE_FROM_ID (s->f, face_id);
2881 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s->f, s->face);
2883 /* If font in this face is same as S->font, use it. */
2884 if (s->font == s->face->font)
2885 s->gc = s->face->gc;
2886 else
2888 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
2889 but font FONT. */
2890 XGCValues xgcv;
2891 unsigned long mask;
2893 xgcv.background = s->face->background;
2894 xgcv.foreground = s->face->foreground;
2895 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s->f, s->font));
2896 xgcv.font = s->font;
2897 mask = GCForeground | GCBackground | GCFont;
2899 if (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc)
2900 XChangeGC (NULL, FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc,
2901 mask, &xgcv);
2902 else
2903 FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc
2904 = XCreateGC (NULL, s->window, mask, &xgcv);
2906 s->gc = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc;
2909 xassert (s->gc != 0);
2913 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
2914 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
2915 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
2917 static INLINE void
2918 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s)
2919 struct glyph_string *s;
2921 s->gc = s->face->gc;
2925 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
2926 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
2927 pattern. */
2929 static INLINE void
2930 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s)
2931 struct glyph_string *s;
2933 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s->f, s->face);
2935 if (s->hl == DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT)
2937 s->gc = s->face->gc;
2938 s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0;
2940 else if (s->hl == DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO)
2942 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s);
2943 s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0;
2945 else if (s->hl == DRAW_CURSOR)
2947 x_set_cursor_gc (s);
2948 s->stippled_p = 0;
2950 else if (s->hl == DRAW_MOUSE_FACE)
2952 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s);
2953 s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0;
2955 else if (s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2956 || s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN)
2958 s->gc = s->face->gc;
2959 s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0;
2961 else
2963 s->gc = s->face->gc;
2964 s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0;
2967 /* GC must have been set. */
2968 xassert (s->gc != 0);
2972 /* Return in *R the clipping rectangle for glyph string S. */
2974 static void
2975 w32_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, r)
2976 struct glyph_string *s;
2977 RECT *r;
2979 int r_height, r_width;
2981 if (s->row->full_width_p)
2983 /* Draw full-width. X coordinates are relative to S->w->left. */
2984 int canon_x = CANON_X_UNIT (s->f);
2986 r->left = WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN (s->w) * canon_x;
2987 r_width = XFASTINT (s->w->width) * canon_x;
2989 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (s->f))
2991 int width = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (s->f) * canon_x;
2992 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_LEFT (s->f))
2993 r->left -= width;
2996 r->left += FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (s->f);
2998 /* Unless displaying a mode or menu bar line, which are always
2999 fully visible, clip to the visible part of the row. */
3000 if (s->w->pseudo_window_p)
3001 r_height = s->row->visible_height;
3002 else
3003 r_height = s->height;
3005 else
3007 /* This is a text line that may be partially visible. */
3008 r->left = WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (s->w, s->area, 0);
3009 r_width = window_box_width (s->w, s->area);
3010 r_height = s->row->visible_height;
3013 /* Don't use S->y for clipping because it doesn't take partially
3014 visible lines into account. For example, it can be negative for
3015 partially visible lines at the top of a window. */
3016 if (!s->row->full_width_p
3017 && MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_AT_TOP_P (s->w, s->row))
3018 r->top = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (s->w);
3019 else
3020 r->top = max (0, s->row->y);
3022 /* If drawing a tool-bar window, draw it over the internal border
3023 at the top of the window. */
3024 if (s->w == XWINDOW (s->f->tool_bar_window))
3025 r->top -= s->f->output_data.w32->internal_border_width;
3027 /* If S draws overlapping rows, it's sufficient to use the top and
3028 bottom of the window for clipping because this glyph string
3029 intentionally draws over other lines. */
3030 if (s->for_overlaps_p)
3032 r->top = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (s->w);
3033 r_height = window_text_bottom_y (s->w) - r->top;
3036 r->top = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (s->w, r->top);
3038 r->bottom = r->top + r_height;
3039 r->right = r->left + r_width;
3043 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
3044 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
3046 static INLINE void
3047 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s)
3048 struct glyph_string *s;
3050 RECT r;
3051 w32_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &r);
3052 w32_set_clip_rectangle (s->hdc, &r);
3056 /* Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. If S is a glyph
3057 string for a composition, assume overhangs don't exist. */
3059 static INLINE void
3060 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s)
3061 struct glyph_string *s;
3063 /* TODO: Windows does not appear to have a method for
3064 getting this info without getting the ABC widths for each
3065 individual character and working it out manually. */
3069 /* Compute overhangs and x-positions for glyph string S and its
3070 predecessors, or successors. X is the starting x-position for S.
3071 BACKWARD_P non-zero means process predecessors. */
3073 static void
3074 x_compute_overhangs_and_x (s, x, backward_p)
3075 struct glyph_string *s;
3076 int x;
3077 int backward_p;
3079 if (backward_p)
3081 while (s)
3083 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s);
3084 x -= s->width;
3085 s->x = x;
3086 s = s->prev;
3089 else
3091 while (s)
3093 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s);
3094 s->x = x;
3095 x += s->width;
3096 s = s->next;
3102 /* Set *LEFT and *RIGHT to the left and right overhang of GLYPH on
3103 frame F. Overhangs of glyphs other than type CHAR_GLYPH are
3104 assumed to be zero. */
3106 static void
3107 w32_get_glyph_overhangs (hdc, glyph, f, left, right)
3108 HDC hdc;
3109 struct glyph *glyph;
3110 struct frame *f;
3111 int *left, *right;
3113 int c;
3115 *left = *right = 0;
3117 if (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH)
3119 XFontStruct *font;
3120 struct face *face;
3121 wchar_t char2b;
3122 XCharStruct *pcm;
3124 face = x_get_glyph_face_and_encoding (f, glyph, &char2b, NULL);
3125 font = face->font;
3127 if (font
3128 && (pcm = w32_per_char_metric (font, &char2b,
3129 glyph->w32_font_type)))
3131 if (pcm->rbearing > pcm->width)
3132 *right = pcm->rbearing - pcm->width;
3133 if (pcm->lbearing < 0)
3134 *left = -pcm->lbearing;
3140 static void
3141 x_get_glyph_overhangs (glyph, f, left, right)
3142 struct glyph *glyph;
3143 struct frame *f;
3144 int *left, *right;
3146 HDC hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
3147 /* Convert to unicode! */
3148 w32_get_glyph_overhangs (hdc, glyph, f, left, right);
3149 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
3153 /* Return the index of the first glyph preceding glyph string S that
3154 is overwritten by S because of S's left overhang. Value is -1
3155 if no glyphs are overwritten. */
3157 static int
3158 x_left_overwritten (s)
3159 struct glyph_string *s;
3161 int k;
3163 if (s->left_overhang)
3165 int x = 0, i;
3166 struct glyph *glyphs = s->row->glyphs[s->area];
3167 int first = s->first_glyph - glyphs;
3169 for (i = first - 1; i >= 0 && x > -s->left_overhang; --i)
3170 x -= glyphs[i].pixel_width;
3172 k = i + 1;
3174 else
3175 k = -1;
3177 return k;
3181 /* Return the index of the first glyph preceding glyph string S that
3182 is overwriting S because of its right overhang. Value is -1 if no
3183 glyph in front of S overwrites S. */
3185 static int
3186 x_left_overwriting (s)
3187 struct glyph_string *s;
3189 int i, k, x;
3190 struct glyph *glyphs = s->row->glyphs[s->area];
3191 int first = s->first_glyph - glyphs;
3193 k = -1;
3194 x = 0;
3195 for (i = first - 1; i >= 0; --i)
3197 int left, right;
3198 w32_get_glyph_overhangs (s->hdc, glyphs + i, s->f, &left, &right);
3199 if (x + right > 0)
3200 k = i;
3201 x -= glyphs[i].pixel_width;
3204 return k;
3208 /* Return the index of the last glyph following glyph string S that is
3209 not overwritten by S because of S's right overhang. Value is -1 if
3210 no such glyph is found. */
3212 static int
3213 x_right_overwritten (s)
3214 struct glyph_string *s;
3216 int k = -1;
3218 if (s->right_overhang)
3220 int x = 0, i;
3221 struct glyph *glyphs = s->row->glyphs[s->area];
3222 int first = (s->first_glyph - glyphs) + (s->cmp ? 1 : s->nchars);
3223 int end = s->row->used[s->area];
3225 for (i = first; i < end && s->right_overhang > x; ++i)
3226 x += glyphs[i].pixel_width;
3228 k = i;
3231 return k;
3235 /* Return the index of the last glyph following glyph string S that
3236 overwrites S because of its left overhang. Value is negative
3237 if no such glyph is found. */
3239 static int
3240 x_right_overwriting (s)
3241 struct glyph_string *s;
3243 int i, k, x;
3244 int end = s->row->used[s->area];
3245 struct glyph *glyphs = s->row->glyphs[s->area];
3246 int first = (s->first_glyph - glyphs) + (s->cmp ? 1 : s->nchars);
3248 k = -1;
3249 x = 0;
3250 for (i = first; i < end; ++i)
3252 int left, right;
3253 w32_get_glyph_overhangs (s->hdc, glyphs + i, s->f, &left, &right);
3254 if (x - left < 0)
3255 k = i;
3256 x += glyphs[i].pixel_width;
3259 return k;
3263 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
3265 static INLINE void
3266 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s, x, y, w, h)
3267 struct glyph_string *s;
3268 int x, y, w, h;
3270 int real_x = x;
3271 int real_y = y;
3272 int real_w = w;
3273 int real_h = h;
3274 #if 0
3275 /* Take clipping into account. */
3276 if (s->gc->clip_mask == Rect)
3278 real_x = max (real_x, s->gc->clip_rectangle.left);
3279 real_y = max (real_y, s->gc->clip_rectangle.top);
3280 real_w = min (real_w, s->gc->clip_rectangle.right
3281 - s->gc->clip_rectangle.left);
3282 real_h = min (real_h, s->gc->clip_rectangle.bottom
3283 - s->gc->clip_rectangle.top);
3285 #endif
3286 w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->gc->background, real_x, real_y,
3287 real_w, real_h);
3291 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
3292 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
3293 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
3294 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
3295 contains the first component of a composition. */
3297 static void
3298 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s, force_p)
3299 struct glyph_string *s;
3300 int force_p;
3302 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
3303 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
3304 if (!s->background_filled_p)
3306 #if 0 /* TODO: stipple */
3307 if (s->stippled_p)
3309 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
3310 XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillOpaqueStippled);
3311 XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, s->x,
3312 s->y + s->face->box_line_width,
3313 s->background_width,
3314 s->height - 2 * s->face->box_line_width);
3315 XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillSolid);
3316 s->background_filled_p = 1;
3318 else
3319 #endif
3320 if (FONT_HEIGHT (s->font) < s->height - 2 * s->face->box_line_width
3321 || s->font_not_found_p
3322 || s->extends_to_end_of_line_p
3323 || s->font->bdf
3324 || force_p)
3326 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s, s->x, s->y + s->face->box_line_width,
3327 s->background_width,
3328 s->height - 2 * s->face->box_line_width);
3329 s->background_filled_p = 1;
3335 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
3337 static void
3338 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s)
3339 struct glyph_string *s;
3341 int i, x;
3342 HFONT old_font;
3344 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
3345 of S to the right of that box line. */
3346 if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX
3347 && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p)
3348 x = s->x + s->face->box_line_width;
3349 else
3350 x = s->x;
3352 if (s->for_overlaps_p || (s->background_filled_p && s->hl != DRAW_CURSOR))
3353 SetBkMode (s->hdc, TRANSPARENT);
3354 else
3355 SetBkMode (s->hdc, OPAQUE);
3357 SetTextColor (s->hdc, s->gc->foreground);
3358 SetBkColor (s->hdc, s->gc->background);
3359 SetTextAlign (s->hdc, TA_BASELINE | TA_LEFT);
3361 if (s->font && s->font->hfont)
3362 old_font = SelectObject (s->hdc, s->font->hfont);
3364 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
3365 loaded. */
3366 if (s->font_not_found_p)
3368 for (i = 0; i < s->nchars; ++i)
3370 struct glyph *g = s->first_glyph + i;
3372 w32_draw_rectangle (s->hdc, s->gc, x, s->y, g->pixel_width - 1,
3373 s->height - 1);
3374 x += g->pixel_width;
3377 else
3379 char *char1b = (char *) s->char2b;
3380 int boff = s->font_info->baseline_offset;
3382 if (s->font_info->vertical_centering)
3383 boff = VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (s->font, s->f) - boff;
3385 /* If we can use 8-bit functions, condense S->char2b. */
3386 if (!s->two_byte_p)
3387 for (i = 0; i < s->nchars; ++i)
3388 char1b[i] = BYTE2 (s->char2b[i]);
3390 /* Draw text with TextOut and friends. */
3391 W32_TEXTOUT (s, x, s->ybase - boff, s->char2b, s->nchars);
3393 if (s->font && s->font->hfont)
3394 SelectObject (s->hdc, old_font);
3397 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
3399 static void
3400 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s)
3401 struct glyph_string *s;
3403 int i, x;
3404 HFONT old_font;
3406 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
3407 of S to the right of that box line. */
3408 if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX
3409 && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p)
3410 x = s->x + s->face->box_line_width;
3411 else
3412 x = s->x;
3414 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->gidx is the index of
3415 the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
3416 S->gidx == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
3417 this composition. */
3419 SetTextColor (s->hdc, s->gc->foreground);
3420 SetBkColor (s->hdc, s->gc->background);
3421 SetBkMode (s->hdc, TRANSPARENT);
3422 SetTextAlign (s->hdc, TA_BASELINE | TA_LEFT);
3424 if (s->font && s->font->hfont)
3425 old_font = SelectObject (s->hdc, s->font->hfont);
3427 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
3428 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
3429 if (s->font_not_found_p)
3431 if (s->gidx == 0)
3432 w32_draw_rectangle (s->hdc, s->gc, x, s->y, s->width - 1,
3433 s->height - 1);
3435 else
3437 for (i = 0; i < s->nchars; i++, ++s->gidx)
3438 W32_TEXTOUT (s, x + s->cmp->offsets[s->gidx * 2],
3439 s->ybase - s->cmp->offsets[s->gidx * 2 + 1],
3440 s->char2b + i, 1);
3442 if (s->font && s->font->hfont)
3443 SelectObject (s->hdc, old_font);
3447 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
3448 boosted.
3450 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
3451 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
3452 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
3453 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-255) have to
3454 use an additional additive factor.
3456 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
3457 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
3458 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 187
3461 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *COLOR by FACTOR
3462 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
3463 If this produces the same color as COLOR, try a color where all RGB
3464 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *COLOR.
3465 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
3466 Value is non-zero if successful. */
3468 static int
3469 w32_alloc_lighter_color (f, color, factor, delta)
3470 struct frame *f;
3471 COLORREF *color;
3472 double factor;
3473 int delta;
3475 COLORREF new;
3476 long bright;
3478 /* On Windows, RGB values are 0-255, not 0-65535, so scale delta. */
3479 delta /= 256;
3481 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
3482 xassert (factor >= 0);
3483 new = PALETTERGB (min (0xff, factor * GetRValue (*color)),
3484 min (0xff, factor * GetGValue (*color)),
3485 min (0xff, factor * GetBValue (*color)));
3487 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
3488 bright = (2 * GetRValue (*color) + 3 * GetGValue (*color)
3489 + GetBValue (*color)) / 6;
3491 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
3492 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
3493 if (bright < HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT)
3494 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
3495 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
3497 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
3498 double dimness = 1 - (double)bright / HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT;
3499 /* The additive adjustment. */
3500 int min_delta = delta * dimness * factor / 2;
3502 if (factor < 1)
3503 new = PALETTERGB (max (0, min (0xff, min_delta - GetRValue (*color))),
3504 max (0, min (0xff, min_delta - GetGValue (*color))),
3505 max (0, min (0xff, min_delta - GetBValue (*color))));
3506 else
3507 new = PALETTERGB (max (0, min (0xff, min_delta + GetRValue (*color))),
3508 max (0, min (0xff, min_delta + GetGValue (*color))),
3509 max (0, min (0xff, min_delta + GetBValue (*color))));
3512 if (new == *color)
3513 new = PALETTERGB (max (0, min (0xff, delta + GetRValue (*color))),
3514 max (0, min (0xff, delta + GetGValue (*color))),
3515 max (0, min (0xff, delta + GetBValue (*color))));
3517 /* TODO: Map to palette and retry with delta if same? */
3518 /* TODO: Free colors (if using palette)? */
3520 if (new == *color)
3521 return 0;
3523 *color = new;
3525 return 1;
3529 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
3530 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
3531 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
3532 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
3533 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
3534 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
3536 static void
3537 w32_setup_relief_color (f, relief, factor, delta, default_pixel)
3538 struct frame *f;
3539 struct relief *relief;
3540 double factor;
3541 int delta;
3542 COLORREF default_pixel;
3544 XGCValues xgcv;
3545 struct w32_output *di = f->output_data.w32;
3546 unsigned long mask = GCForeground;
3547 COLORREF pixel;
3548 COLORREF background = di->relief_background;
3549 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
3551 /* TODO: Free colors (if using palette)? */
3553 /* Allocate new color. */
3554 xgcv.foreground = default_pixel;
3555 pixel = background;
3556 if (w32_alloc_lighter_color (f, &pixel, factor, delta))
3558 relief->allocated_p = 1;
3559 xgcv.foreground = relief->pixel = pixel;
3562 if (relief->gc == 0)
3564 #if 0 /* TODO: stipple */
3565 xgcv.stipple = dpyinfo->gray;
3566 mask |= GCStipple;
3567 #endif
3568 relief->gc = XCreateGC (NULL, FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), mask, &xgcv);
3570 else
3571 XChangeGC (NULL, relief->gc, mask, &xgcv);
3575 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
3577 static void
3578 x_setup_relief_colors (s)
3579 struct glyph_string *s;
3581 struct w32_output *di = s->f->output_data.w32;
3582 COLORREF color;
3584 if (s->face->use_box_color_for_shadows_p)
3585 color = s->face->box_color;
3586 else
3587 color = s->gc->background;
3589 if (di->white_relief.gc == 0
3590 || color != di->relief_background)
3592 di->relief_background = color;
3593 w32_setup_relief_color (s->f, &di->white_relief, 1.2, 0x8000,
3594 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s->f));
3595 w32_setup_relief_color (s->f, &di->black_relief, 0.6, 0x4000,
3596 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s->f));
3601 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
3602 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
3603 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
3604 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
3605 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
3606 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
3607 when drawing. */
3609 static void
3610 w32_draw_relief_rect (f, left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, width,
3611 raised_p, left_p, right_p, clip_rect)
3612 struct frame *f;
3613 int left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, left_p, right_p, raised_p;
3614 RECT *clip_rect;
3616 int i;
3617 XGCValues gc;
3618 HDC hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
3620 if (raised_p)
3621 gc.foreground = f->output_data.w32->white_relief.gc->foreground;
3622 else
3623 gc.foreground = f->output_data.w32->black_relief.gc->foreground;
3625 w32_set_clip_rectangle (hdc, clip_rect);
3627 /* Top. */
3628 for (i = 0; i < width; ++i)
3630 w32_fill_area (f, hdc, gc.foreground,
3631 left_x + i * left_p, top_y + i,
3632 (right_x + 1 - i * right_p) - (left_x + i * left_p), 1);
3635 /* Left. */
3636 if (left_p)
3637 for (i = 0; i < width; ++i)
3639 w32_fill_area (f, hdc, gc.foreground,
3640 left_x + i, top_y + i, 1,
3641 (bottom_y - i) - (top_y + i));
3644 w32_set_clip_rectangle (hdc, NULL);
3646 if (raised_p)
3647 gc.foreground = f->output_data.w32->black_relief.gc->foreground;
3648 else
3649 gc.foreground = f->output_data.w32->white_relief.gc->foreground;
3652 w32_set_clip_rectangle (hdc, clip_rect);
3654 /* Bottom. */
3655 for (i = 0; i < width; ++i)
3657 w32_fill_area (f, hdc, gc.foreground,
3658 left_x + i * left_p, bottom_y - i,
3659 (right_x + 1 - i * right_p) - left_x + i * left_p, 1);
3662 /* Right. */
3663 if (right_p)
3664 for (i = 0; i < width; ++i)
3666 w32_fill_area (f, hdc, gc.foreground,
3667 right_x - i, top_y + i + 1, 1,
3668 (bottom_y - i) - (top_y + i + 1));
3671 w32_set_clip_rectangle (hdc, NULL);
3673 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
3677 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
3678 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
3679 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
3680 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
3681 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
3682 rectangle to use when drawing. */
3684 static void
3685 w32_draw_box_rect (s, left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, width,
3686 left_p, right_p, clip_rect)
3687 struct glyph_string *s;
3688 int left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, width, left_p, right_p;
3689 RECT *clip_rect;
3691 w32_set_clip_rectangle (s->hdc, clip_rect);
3693 /* Top. */
3694 w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->face->box_color,
3695 left_x, top_y, right_x - left_x + 1, width);
3697 /* Left. */
3698 if (left_p)
3700 w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->face->box_color,
3701 left_x, top_y, width, bottom_y - top_y + 1);
3704 /* Bottom. */
3705 w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->face->box_color,
3706 left_x, bottom_y - width + 1, right_x - left_x + 1, width);
3708 /* Right. */
3709 if (right_p)
3711 w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->face->box_color,
3712 right_x - width + 1, top_y, width, bottom_y - top_y + 1);
3715 w32_set_clip_rectangle (s->hdc, NULL);
3719 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
3721 static void
3722 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s)
3723 struct glyph_string *s;
3725 int width, left_x, right_x, top_y, bottom_y, last_x, raised_p;
3726 int left_p, right_p;
3727 struct glyph *last_glyph;
3728 RECT clip_rect;
3730 last_x = window_box_right (s->w, s->area);
3731 if (s->row->full_width_p
3732 && !s->w->pseudo_window_p)
3734 last_x += FRAME_X_RIGHT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (s->f);
3735 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_RIGHT (s->f))
3736 last_x += FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (s->f) * CANON_X_UNIT (s->f);
3739 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
3740 last_glyph = (s->cmp || s->img
3741 ? s->first_glyph
3742 : s->first_glyph + s->nchars - 1);
3744 width = s->face->box_line_width;
3745 raised_p = s->face->box == FACE_RAISED_BOX;
3746 left_x = s->x;
3747 right_x = ((s->row->full_width_p
3748 ? last_x - 1
3749 : min (last_x, s->x + s->background_width) - 1));
3750 top_y = s->y;
3751 bottom_y = top_y + s->height - 1;
3753 left_p = (s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p
3754 || (s->hl == DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
3755 && (s->prev == NULL
3756 || s->prev->hl != s->hl)));
3757 right_p = (last_glyph->right_box_line_p
3758 || (s->hl == DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
3759 && (s->next == NULL
3760 || s->next->hl != s->hl)));
3762 w32_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &clip_rect);
3764 if (s->face->box == FACE_SIMPLE_BOX)
3765 w32_draw_box_rect (s, left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, width,
3766 left_p, right_p, &clip_rect);
3767 else
3769 x_setup_relief_colors (s);
3770 w32_draw_relief_rect (s->f, left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y,
3771 width, raised_p, left_p, right_p, &clip_rect);
3776 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
3778 static void
3779 x_draw_image_foreground (s)
3780 struct glyph_string *s;
3782 int x;
3783 int y = s->ybase - image_ascent (s->img, s->face);
3785 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
3786 right of that line. */
3787 if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX
3788 && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p)
3789 x = s->x + s->face->box_line_width;
3790 else
3791 x = s->x;
3793 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
3794 by that margin. */
3795 if (s->img->margin)
3797 x += s->img->margin;
3798 y += s->img->margin;
3801 SaveDC (s->hdc);
3803 if (s->img->pixmap)
3805 #if 0 /* TODO: image mask */
3806 if (s->img->mask)
3808 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
3809 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
3810 trust on the shape extension to be available
3811 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
3812 manually. */
3813 unsigned long mask = (GCClipMask | GCClipXOrigin | GCClipYOrigin
3814 | GCFunction);
3815 XGCValues xgcv;
3816 XRectangle clip_rect, image_rect, r;
3818 xgcv.clip_mask = s->img->mask;
3819 xgcv.clip_x_origin = x;
3820 xgcv.clip_y_origin = y;
3821 xgcv.function = GXcopy;
3822 XChangeGC (s->display, s->gc, mask, &xgcv);
3824 w32_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &clip_rect);
3825 image_rect.x = x;
3826 image_rect.y = y;
3827 image_rect.width = s->img->width;
3828 image_rect.height = s->img->height;
3829 if (IntersectRect (&r, &clip_rect, &image_rect))
3830 XCopyArea (s->display, s->img->pixmap, s->window, s->gc,
3831 r.x - x, r.y - y, r.width, r.height, r.x, r.y);
3833 else
3834 #endif
3836 HDC compat_hdc = CreateCompatibleDC (s->hdc);
3837 HBRUSH fg_brush = CreateSolidBrush (s->gc->foreground);
3838 HBRUSH orig_brush = SelectObject (s->hdc, fg_brush);
3839 HGDIOBJ orig_obj = SelectObject (compat_hdc, s->img->pixmap);
3840 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s);
3842 SetTextColor (s->hdc, s->gc->foreground);
3843 SetBkColor (s->hdc, s->gc->background);
3844 #if 0 /* From w32bdf.c (which is from Meadow). */
3845 BitBlt (s->hdc, x, y, s->img->width, s->img->height,
3846 compat_hdc, 0, 0, SRCCOPY);
3847 #else
3848 BitBlt (s->hdc, x, y, s->img->width, s->img->height,
3849 compat_hdc, 0, 0, 0xB8074A);
3850 #endif
3851 SelectObject (s->hdc, orig_brush);
3852 DeleteObject (fg_brush);
3853 SelectObject (compat_hdc, orig_obj);
3854 DeleteDC (compat_hdc);
3856 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
3857 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
3858 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
3859 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
3860 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
3861 nothing here for mouse-face. */
3862 if (s->hl == DRAW_CURSOR)
3863 w32_draw_rectangle (s->hdc, s->gc, x, y, s->img->width - 1,
3864 s->img->height - 1);
3865 w32_set_clip_rectangle (s->hdc, NULL);
3868 else
3869 w32_draw_rectangle (s->hdc, s->gc, x, y, s->img->width -1,
3870 s->img->height - 1);
3872 RestoreDC (s->hdc ,-1);
3877 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
3879 static void
3880 x_draw_image_relief (s)
3881 struct glyph_string *s;
3883 int x0, y0, x1, y1, thick, raised_p;
3884 RECT r;
3885 int x;
3886 int y = s->ybase - image_ascent (s->img, s->face);
3888 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
3889 right of that line. */
3890 if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX
3891 && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p)
3892 x = s->x + s->face->box_line_width;
3893 else
3894 x = s->x;
3896 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
3897 by that margin. */
3898 if (s->img->margin)
3900 x += s->img->margin;
3901 y += s->img->margin;
3904 if (s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
3905 || s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED)
3907 thick = tool_bar_button_relief > 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief : 3;
3908 raised_p = s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED;
3910 else
3912 thick = abs (s->img->relief);
3913 raised_p = s->img->relief > 0;
3916 x0 = x - thick;
3917 y0 = y - thick;
3918 x1 = x + s->img->width + thick - 1;
3919 y1 = y + s->img->height + thick - 1;
3921 x_setup_relief_colors (s);
3922 w32_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &r);
3923 w32_draw_relief_rect (s->f, x0, y0, x1, y1, thick, raised_p, 1, 1, &r);
3927 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
3929 static void
3930 w32_draw_image_foreground_1 (s, pixmap)
3931 struct glyph_string *s;
3932 HBITMAP pixmap;
3934 HDC hdc = CreateCompatibleDC (s->hdc);
3935 HGDIOBJ orig_hdc_obj = SelectObject (hdc, pixmap);
3936 int x;
3937 int y = s->ybase - s->y - image_ascent (s->img, s->face);
3939 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
3940 right of that line. */
3941 if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX
3942 && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p)
3943 x = s->face->box_line_width;
3944 else
3945 x = 0;
3947 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
3948 by that margin. */
3949 if (s->img->margin)
3951 x += s->img->margin;
3952 y += s->img->margin;
3955 if (s->img->pixmap)
3957 #if 0 /* TODO: image mask */
3958 if (s->img->mask)
3960 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
3961 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
3962 trust on the shape extension to be available
3963 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
3964 manually. */
3965 unsigned long mask = (GCClipMask | GCClipXOrigin | GCClipYOrigin
3966 | GCFunction);
3967 XGCValues xgcv;
3969 xgcv.clip_mask = s->img->mask;
3970 xgcv.clip_x_origin = x;
3971 xgcv.clip_y_origin = y;
3972 xgcv.function = GXcopy;
3973 XChangeGC (s->display, s->gc, mask, &xgcv);
3975 XCopyArea (s->display, s->img->pixmap, pixmap, s->gc,
3976 0, 0, s->img->width, s->img->height, x, y);
3977 XSetClipMask (s->display, s->gc, None);
3979 else
3980 #endif
3982 HDC compat_hdc = CreateCompatibleDC (hdc);
3983 HBRUSH fg_brush = CreateSolidBrush (s->gc->foreground);
3984 HBRUSH orig_brush = SelectObject (hdc, fg_brush);
3985 HGDIOBJ orig_obj = SelectObject (compat_hdc, s->img->pixmap);
3987 SetTextColor (hdc, s->gc->foreground);
3988 SetBkColor (hdc, s->gc->background);
3989 #if 0 /* From w32bdf.c (which is from Meadow). */
3990 BitBlt (hdc, x, y, s->img->width, s->img->height,
3991 compat_hdc, 0, 0, SRCCOPY);
3992 #else
3993 BitBlt (hdc, x, y, s->img->width, s->img->height,
3994 compat_hdc, 0, 0, 0xB8074A);
3995 #endif
3996 SelectObject (hdc, orig_brush);
3997 DeleteObject (fg_brush);
3998 SelectObject (compat_hdc, orig_obj);
3999 DeleteDC (compat_hdc);
4001 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
4002 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
4003 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
4004 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
4005 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
4006 nothing here for mouse-face. */
4007 if (s->hl == DRAW_CURSOR)
4008 w32_draw_rectangle (hdc, s->gc, x, y, s->img->width - 1,
4009 s->img->height - 1);
4012 else
4013 w32_draw_rectangle (hdc, s->gc, x, y, s->img->width - 1,
4014 s->img->height - 1);
4016 SelectObject (hdc, orig_hdc_obj);
4017 DeleteDC (hdc);
4021 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
4022 give the rectangle to draw. */
4024 static void
4025 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s, x, y, w, h)
4026 struct glyph_string *s;
4027 int x, y, w, h;
4029 #if 0 /* TODO: stipple */
4030 if (s->stippled_p)
4032 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
4033 XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillOpaqueStippled);
4034 XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, x, y, w, h);
4035 XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillSolid);
4037 else
4038 #endif
4039 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s, x, y, w, h);
4043 /* Draw image glyph string S.
4045 s->y
4046 s->x +-------------------------
4047 | s->face->box
4049 | +-------------------------
4050 | | s->img->margin
4052 | | +-------------------
4053 | | | the image
4057 static void
4058 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s)
4059 struct glyph_string *s;
4061 int x, y;
4062 int box_line_width = s->face->box_line_width;
4063 int margin = s->img->margin;
4064 int height;
4065 HBITMAP pixmap = 0;
4067 height = s->height - 2 * box_line_width;
4069 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
4070 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
4071 flickering. */
4072 s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0;
4073 if (height > s->img->height
4074 || margin
4075 #if 0 /* TODO: image mask */
4076 || s->img->mask
4077 #endif
4078 || s->img->pixmap == 0
4079 || s->width != s->background_width)
4081 if (box_line_width && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p)
4082 x = s->x + box_line_width;
4083 else
4084 x = s->x;
4086 y = s->y + box_line_width;
4087 #if 0 /* TODO: image mask */
4088 if (s->img->mask)
4090 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string Fill it with
4091 the background color. Copy the image to it, using its
4092 mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
4093 Screen *screen = FRAME_X_SCREEN (s->f);
4094 int depth = DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen);
4096 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
4097 pixmap = XCreatePixmap (s->display, s->window,
4098 s->background_width,
4099 s->height, depth);
4101 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
4102 pixmap. */
4103 XSetClipMask (s->display, s->gc, None);
4105 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
4106 if (s->stippled_p)
4108 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
4109 XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillOpaqueStippled);
4110 XFillRectangle (s->display, pixmap, s->gc,
4111 0, 0, s->background_width, s->height);
4112 XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillSolid);
4114 else
4116 XGCValues xgcv;
4117 XGetGCValues (s->display, s->gc, GCForeground | GCBackground,
4118 &xgcv);
4119 XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, xgcv.background);
4120 XFillRectangle (s->display, pixmap, s->gc,
4121 0, 0, s->background_width, s->height);
4122 XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, xgcv.foreground);
4125 else
4126 #endif
4127 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s, x, y, s->background_width, height);
4129 s->background_filled_p = 1;
4132 /* Draw the foreground. */
4133 if (pixmap != 0)
4135 w32_draw_image_foreground_1 (s, pixmap);
4136 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s);
4138 HDC compat_hdc = CreateCompatibleDC (s->hdc);
4139 HBRUSH fg_brush = CreateSolidBrush (s->gc->foreground);
4140 HBRUSH orig_brush = SelectObject (s->hdc, fg_brush);
4141 HGDIOBJ orig_obj = SelectObject (compat_hdc, pixmap);
4143 SetTextColor (s->hdc, s->gc->foreground);
4144 SetBkColor (s->hdc, s->gc->background);
4145 #if 0 /* From w32bdf.c (which is from Meadow). */
4146 BitBlt (s->hdc, s->x, s->y, s->background_width, s->height,
4147 compat_hdc, 0, 0, SRCCOPY);
4148 #else
4149 BitBlt (s->hdc, s->x, s->y, s->background_width, s->height,
4150 compat_hdc, 0, 0, 0xB8074A);
4151 #endif
4152 SelectObject (s->hdc, orig_brush);
4153 DeleteObject (fg_brush);
4154 SelectObject (compat_hdc, orig_obj);
4155 DeleteDC (compat_hdc);
4157 DeleteObject (pixmap);
4158 pixmap = 0;
4160 else
4161 x_draw_image_foreground (s);
4163 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
4164 if (s->img->relief
4165 || s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
4166 || s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN)
4167 x_draw_image_relief (s);
4171 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
4173 static void
4174 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s)
4175 struct glyph_string *s;
4177 xassert (s->first_glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH);
4178 s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0;
4180 if (s->hl == DRAW_CURSOR
4181 && !x_stretch_cursor_p)
4183 /* If `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor
4184 as wide as the stretch glyph. */
4185 int width = min (CANON_X_UNIT (s->f), s->background_width);
4187 /* Draw cursor. */
4188 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s, s->x, s->y, width, s->height);
4190 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
4191 if (width < s->background_width)
4193 XGCValues *gc = s->face->gc;
4194 int x = s->x + width, y = s->y;
4195 int w = s->background_width - width, h = s->height;
4196 RECT r;
4197 HDC hdc = s->hdc;
4198 w32_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &r);
4199 w32_set_clip_rectangle (hdc, &r);
4201 #if 0 /* TODO: stipple */
4202 if (s->face->stipple)
4204 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
4205 XSetFillStyle (s->display, gc, FillOpaqueStippled);
4206 XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, gc, x, y, w, h);
4207 XSetFillStyle (s->display, gc, FillSolid);
4209 else
4210 #endif
4212 w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, gc->background, x, y, w, h);
4216 else
4217 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s, s->x, s->y, s->background_width,
4218 s->height);
4220 s->background_filled_p = 1;
4224 /* Draw glyph string S. */
4226 static void
4227 x_draw_glyph_string (s)
4228 struct glyph_string *s;
4230 /* If S draws into the background of its successor, draw the
4231 background of the successor first so that S can draw into it.
4232 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
4233 if (s->next && s->right_overhang && !s->for_overlaps_p)
4235 xassert (s->next->img == NULL);
4236 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s->next);
4237 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s->next);
4238 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s->next, 1);
4241 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
4242 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s);
4243 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s);
4245 switch (s->first_glyph->type)
4247 case IMAGE_GLYPH:
4248 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s);
4249 break;
4251 case STRETCH_GLYPH:
4252 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s);
4253 break;
4255 case CHAR_GLYPH:
4256 if (s->for_overlaps_p)
4257 s->background_filled_p = 1;
4258 else
4259 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s, 0);
4260 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s);
4261 break;
4263 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH:
4264 if (s->for_overlaps_p || s->gidx > 0)
4265 s->background_filled_p = 1;
4266 else
4267 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s, 1);
4268 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s);
4269 break;
4271 default:
4272 abort ();
4275 if (!s->for_overlaps_p)
4277 /* Draw underline. */
4278 if (s->face->underline_p
4279 && (s->font->bdf || !s->font->tm.tmUnderlined))
4281 unsigned long h = 1;
4282 unsigned long dy = s->height - h;
4284 if (s->face->underline_defaulted_p)
4286 w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->gc->foreground, s->x,
4287 s->y + dy, s->width, 1);
4289 else
4291 w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->face->underline_color, s->x,
4292 s->y + dy, s->width, 1);
4296 /* Draw overline. */
4297 if (s->face->overline_p)
4299 unsigned long dy = 0, h = 1;
4301 if (s->face->overline_color_defaulted_p)
4303 w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->gc->foreground, s->x,
4304 s->y + dy, s->width, h);
4306 else
4308 w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->face->underline_color, s->x,
4309 s->y + dy, s->width, h);
4313 /* Draw strike-through. */
4314 if (s->face->strike_through_p
4315 && (s->font->bdf || !s->font->tm.tmStruckOut))
4317 unsigned long h = 1;
4318 unsigned long dy = (s->height - h) / 2;
4320 if (s->face->strike_through_color_defaulted_p)
4322 w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->gc->foreground, s->x, s->y + dy,
4323 s->width, h);
4325 else
4327 w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->face->underline_color, s->x,
4328 s->y + dy, s->width, h);
4332 /* Draw relief. */
4333 if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
4334 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s);
4337 /* Reset clipping. */
4338 w32_set_clip_rectangle (s->hdc, NULL);
4342 static int x_fill_composite_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *,
4343 struct face **, int));
4346 /* Load glyph string S with a composition components specified by S->cmp.
4347 FACES is an array of faces for all components of this composition.
4348 S->gidx is the index of the first component for S.
4349 OVERLAPS_P non-zero means S should draw the foreground only, and
4350 use its lines physical height for clipping.
4352 Value is the index of a component not in S. */
4354 static int
4355 x_fill_composite_glyph_string (s, faces, overlaps_p)
4356 struct glyph_string *s;
4357 struct face **faces;
4358 int overlaps_p;
4360 int i;
4362 xassert (s);
4364 s->for_overlaps_p = overlaps_p;
4366 s->face = faces[s->gidx];
4367 s->font = s->face->font;
4368 s->font_info = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (s->f, s->face->font_info_id);
4370 /* For all glyphs of this composition, starting at the offset
4371 S->gidx, until we reach the end of the definition or encounter a
4372 glyph that requires the different face, add it to S. */
4373 ++s->nchars;
4374 for (i = s->gidx + 1; i < s->cmp->glyph_len && faces[i] == s->face; ++i)
4375 ++s->nchars;
4377 /* All glyph strings for the same composition has the same width,
4378 i.e. the width set for the first component of the composition. */
4380 s->width = s->first_glyph->pixel_width;
4382 /* If the specified font could not be loaded, use the frame's
4383 default font, but record the fact that we couldn't load it in
4384 the glyph string so that we can draw rectangles for the
4385 characters of the glyph string. */
4386 if (s->font == NULL)
4388 s->font_not_found_p = 1;
4389 s->font = FRAME_FONT (s->f);
4392 /* Adjust base line for subscript/superscript text. */
4393 s->ybase += s->first_glyph->voffset;
4395 xassert (s->face && s->face->gc);
4397 /* This glyph string must always be drawn with 16-bit functions. */
4398 s->two_byte_p = 1;
4400 return s->gidx + s->nchars;
4404 /* Load glyph string S with a sequence of characters.
4405 FACE_ID is the face id of the string. START is the index of the
4406 first glyph to consider, END is the index of the last + 1.
4407 OVERLAPS_P non-zero means S should draw the foreground only, and
4408 use its lines physical height for clipping.
4410 Value is the index of the first glyph not in S. */
4412 static int
4413 x_fill_glyph_string (s, face_id, start, end, overlaps_p)
4414 struct glyph_string *s;
4415 int face_id;
4416 int start, end, overlaps_p;
4418 struct glyph *glyph, *last;
4419 int voffset;
4420 int glyph_not_available_p;
4422 xassert (s->f == XFRAME (s->w->frame));
4423 xassert (s->nchars == 0);
4424 xassert (start >= 0 && end > start);
4426 s->for_overlaps_p = overlaps_p;
4427 glyph = s->row->glyphs[s->area] + start;
4428 last = s->row->glyphs[s->area] + end;
4429 voffset = glyph->voffset;
4431 glyph_not_available_p = glyph->glyph_not_available_p;
4433 while (glyph < last
4434 && glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
4435 && glyph->voffset == voffset
4436 /* Same face id implies same font, nowadays. */
4437 && glyph->face_id == face_id
4438 && glyph->glyph_not_available_p == glyph_not_available_p)
4440 int two_byte_p;
4442 s->face = x_get_glyph_face_and_encoding (s->f, glyph,
4443 s->char2b + s->nchars,
4444 &two_byte_p);
4445 s->two_byte_p = two_byte_p;
4446 ++s->nchars;
4447 xassert (s->nchars <= end - start);
4448 s->width += glyph->pixel_width;
4449 ++glyph;
4452 s->font = s->face->font;
4453 s->font_info = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (s->f, s->face->font_info_id);
4455 /* If the specified font could not be loaded, use the frame's font,
4456 but record the fact that we couldn't load it in
4457 S->font_not_found_p so that we can draw rectangles for the
4458 characters of the glyph string. */
4459 if (s->font == NULL || glyph_not_available_p)
4461 s->font_not_found_p = 1;
4462 s->font = FRAME_FONT (s->f);
4465 /* Adjust base line for subscript/superscript text. */
4466 s->ybase += voffset;
4468 xassert (s->face && s->face->gc);
4469 return glyph - s->row->glyphs[s->area];
4473 /* Fill glyph string S from image glyph S->first_glyph. */
4475 static void
4476 x_fill_image_glyph_string (s)
4477 struct glyph_string *s;
4479 xassert (s->first_glyph->type == IMAGE_GLYPH);
4480 s->img = IMAGE_FROM_ID (s->f, s->first_glyph->u.img_id);
4481 xassert (s->img);
4482 s->face = FACE_FROM_ID (s->f, s->first_glyph->face_id);
4483 s->font = s->face->font;
4484 s->width = s->first_glyph->pixel_width;
4486 /* Adjust base line for subscript/superscript text. */
4487 s->ybase += s->first_glyph->voffset;
4491 /* Fill glyph string S from a sequence of stretch glyphs.
4493 ROW is the glyph row in which the glyphs are found, AREA is the
4494 area within the row. START is the index of the first glyph to
4495 consider, END is the index of the last + 1.
4497 Value is the index of the first glyph not in S. */
4499 static int
4500 x_fill_stretch_glyph_string (s, row, area, start, end)
4501 struct glyph_string *s;
4502 struct glyph_row *row;
4503 enum glyph_row_area area;
4504 int start, end;
4506 struct glyph *glyph, *last;
4507 int voffset, face_id;
4509 xassert (s->first_glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH);
4511 glyph = s->row->glyphs[s->area] + start;
4512 last = s->row->glyphs[s->area] + end;
4513 face_id = glyph->face_id;
4514 s->face = FACE_FROM_ID (s->f, face_id);
4515 s->font = s->face->font;
4516 s->font_info = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (s->f, s->face->font_info_id);
4517 s->width = glyph->pixel_width;
4518 voffset = glyph->voffset;
4520 for (++glyph;
4521 (glyph < last
4522 && glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH
4523 && glyph->voffset == voffset
4524 && glyph->face_id == face_id);
4525 ++glyph)
4526 s->width += glyph->pixel_width;
4528 /* Adjust base line for subscript/superscript text. */
4529 s->ybase += voffset;
4531 xassert (s->face && s->face->gc);
4532 return glyph - s->row->glyphs[s->area];
4536 /* Initialize glyph string S. CHAR2B is a suitably allocated vector
4537 of XChar2b structures for S; it can't be allocated in
4538 x_init_glyph_string because it must be allocated via `alloca'. W
4539 is the window on which S is drawn. ROW and AREA are the glyph row
4540 and area within the row from which S is constructed. START is the
4541 index of the first glyph structure covered by S. HL is a
4542 face-override for drawing S. */
4544 static void
4545 w32_init_glyph_string (s, hdc, char2b, w, row, area, start, hl)
4546 struct glyph_string *s;
4547 HDC hdc;
4548 wchar_t *char2b;
4549 struct window *w;
4550 struct glyph_row *row;
4551 enum glyph_row_area area;
4552 int start;
4553 enum draw_glyphs_face hl;
4555 bzero (s, sizeof *s);
4556 s->w = w;
4557 s->f = XFRAME (w->frame);
4558 s->hdc = hdc;
4559 s->window = FRAME_W32_WINDOW (s->f);
4560 s->char2b = char2b;
4561 s->hl = hl;
4562 s->row = row;
4563 s->area = area;
4564 s->first_glyph = row->glyphs[area] + start;
4565 s->height = row->height;
4566 s->y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, row->y);
4568 /* Display the internal border below the tool-bar window. */
4569 if (s->w == XWINDOW (s->f->tool_bar_window))
4570 s->y -= s->f->output_data.w32->internal_border_width;
4572 s->ybase = s->y + row->ascent;
4576 /* Set background width of glyph string S. START is the index of the
4577 first glyph following S. LAST_X is the right-most x-position + 1
4578 in the drawing area. */
4580 static INLINE void
4581 x_set_glyph_string_background_width (s, start, last_x)
4582 struct glyph_string *s;
4583 int start;
4584 int last_x;
4586 /* If the face of this glyph string has to be drawn to the end of
4587 the drawing area, set S->extends_to_end_of_line_p. */
4588 struct face *default_face = FACE_FROM_ID (s->f, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
4590 if (start == s->row->used[s->area]
4591 && s->hl == DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
4592 && ((s->area == TEXT_AREA && s->row->fill_line_p)
4593 || s->face->background != default_face->background
4594 || s->face->stipple != default_face->stipple))
4595 s->extends_to_end_of_line_p = 1;
4597 /* If S extends its face to the end of the line, set its
4598 background_width to the distance to the right edge of the drawing
4599 area. */
4600 if (s->extends_to_end_of_line_p)
4601 s->background_width = last_x - s->x + 1;
4602 else
4603 s->background_width = s->width;
4607 /* Add a glyph string for a stretch glyph to the list of strings
4608 between HEAD and TAIL. START is the index of the stretch glyph in
4609 row area AREA of glyph row ROW. END is the index of the last glyph
4610 in that glyph row area. X is the current output position assigned
4611 to the new glyph string constructed. HL overrides that face of the
4612 glyph; e.g. it is DRAW_CURSOR if a cursor has to be drawn. LAST_X
4613 is the right-most x-position of the drawing area. */
4615 #define BUILD_STRETCH_GLYPH_STRING(hdc, W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X) \
4616 do \
4618 s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s); \
4619 w32_init_glyph_string (s, hdc, NULL, W, ROW, AREA, START, HL); \
4620 START = x_fill_stretch_glyph_string (s, ROW, AREA, START, END); \
4621 x_append_glyph_string (&HEAD, &TAIL, s); \
4622 s->x = (X); \
4624 while (0)
4627 /* Add a glyph string for an image glyph to the list of strings
4628 between HEAD and TAIL. START is the index of the image glyph in
4629 row area AREA of glyph row ROW. END is the index of the last glyph
4630 in that glyph row area. X is the current output position assigned
4631 to the new glyph string constructed. HL overrides that face of the
4632 glyph; e.g. it is DRAW_CURSOR if a cursor has to be drawn. LAST_X
4633 is the right-most x-position of the drawing area. */
4635 #define BUILD_IMAGE_GLYPH_STRING(hdc, W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X) \
4636 do \
4638 s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s); \
4639 w32_init_glyph_string (s, hdc, NULL, W, ROW, AREA, START, HL); \
4640 x_fill_image_glyph_string (s); \
4641 x_append_glyph_string (&HEAD, &TAIL, s); \
4642 ++START; \
4643 s->x = (X); \
4645 while (0)
4648 /* Add a glyph string for a sequence of character glyphs to the list
4649 of strings between HEAD and TAIL. START is the index of the first
4650 glyph in row area AREA of glyph row ROW that is part of the new
4651 glyph string. END is the index of the last glyph in that glyph row
4652 area. X is the current output position assigned to the new glyph
4653 string constructed. HL overrides that face of the glyph; e.g. it
4654 is DRAW_CURSOR if a cursor has to be drawn. LAST_X is the
4655 right-most x-position of the drawing area. */
4657 #define BUILD_CHAR_GLYPH_STRINGS(hdc, W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X, OVERLAPS_P) \
4658 do \
4660 int c, face_id; \
4661 wchar_t *char2b; \
4663 c = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA][START].u.ch; \
4664 face_id = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA][START].face_id; \
4666 s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s); \
4667 char2b = (wchar_t *) alloca ((END - START) * sizeof *char2b); \
4668 w32_init_glyph_string (s, hdc, char2b, W, ROW, AREA, START, HL); \
4669 x_append_glyph_string (&HEAD, &TAIL, s); \
4670 s->x = (X); \
4671 START = x_fill_glyph_string (s, face_id, START, END, \
4672 OVERLAPS_P); \
4674 while (0)
4677 /* Add a glyph string for a composite sequence to the list of strings
4678 between HEAD and TAIL. START is the index of the first glyph in
4679 row area AREA of glyph row ROW that is part of the new glyph
4680 string. END is the index of the last glyph in that glyph row area.
4681 X is the current output position assigned to the new glyph string
4682 constructed. HL overrides that face of the glyph; e.g. it is
4683 DRAW_CURSOR if a cursor has to be drawn. LAST_X is the right-most
4684 x-position of the drawing area. */
4686 #define BUILD_COMPOSITE_GLYPH_STRING(hdc, W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X, OVERLAPS_P) \
4687 do { \
4688 int cmp_id = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA][START].u.cmp_id; \
4689 int face_id = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA][START].face_id; \
4690 struct face *base_face = FACE_FROM_ID (XFRAME (w->frame), face_id); \
4691 struct composition *cmp = composition_table[cmp_id]; \
4692 int glyph_len = cmp->glyph_len; \
4693 wchar_t *char2b; \
4694 struct face **faces; \
4695 struct glyph_string *first_s = NULL; \
4696 int n; \
4698 base_face = base_face->ascii_face; \
4699 char2b = (wchar_t *) alloca ((sizeof *char2b) * glyph_len); \
4700 faces = (struct face **) alloca ((sizeof *faces) * glyph_len); \
4701 /* At first, fill in `char2b' and `faces'. */ \
4702 for (n = 0; n < glyph_len; n++) \
4704 int c = COMPOSITION_GLYPH (cmp, n); \
4705 int this_face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (XFRAME (w->frame), base_face, c); \
4706 faces[n] = FACE_FROM_ID (XFRAME (w->frame), this_face_id); \
4707 x_get_char_face_and_encoding (XFRAME (w->frame), c, \
4708 this_face_id, char2b + n, 1); \
4711 /* Make glyph_strings for each glyph sequence that is drawable by \
4712 the same face, and append them to HEAD/TAIL. */ \
4713 for (n = 0; n < cmp->glyph_len;) \
4715 s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s); \
4716 w32_init_glyph_string (s, hdc, char2b + n, W, ROW, AREA, START, HL); \
4717 x_append_glyph_string (&(HEAD), &(TAIL), s); \
4718 s->cmp = cmp; \
4719 s->gidx = n; \
4720 s->x = (X); \
4722 if (n == 0) \
4723 first_s = s; \
4725 n = x_fill_composite_glyph_string (s, faces, OVERLAPS_P); \
4728 ++START; \
4729 s = first_s; \
4730 } while (0)
4733 /* Build a list of glyph strings between HEAD and TAIL for the glyphs
4734 of AREA of glyph row ROW on window W between indices START and END.
4735 HL overrides the face for drawing glyph strings, e.g. it is
4736 DRAW_CURSOR to draw a cursor. X and LAST_X are start and end
4737 x-positions of the drawing area.
4739 This is an ugly monster macro construct because we must use alloca
4740 to allocate glyph strings (because x_draw_glyphs can be called
4741 asynchronously). */
4743 #define BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS(hdc, W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X, OVERLAPS_P) \
4744 do \
4746 HEAD = TAIL = NULL; \
4747 while (START < END) \
4749 struct glyph *first_glyph = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA] + START; \
4750 switch (first_glyph->type) \
4752 case CHAR_GLYPH: \
4753 BUILD_CHAR_GLYPH_STRINGS (hdc, W, ROW, AREA, START, END, \
4754 HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X, \
4755 OVERLAPS_P); \
4756 break; \
4758 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH: \
4759 BUILD_COMPOSITE_GLYPH_STRING (hdc, W, ROW, AREA, START, \
4760 END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, \
4761 LAST_X, OVERLAPS_P); \
4762 break; \
4764 case STRETCH_GLYPH: \
4765 BUILD_STRETCH_GLYPH_STRING (hdc, W, ROW, AREA, START, END,\
4766 HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X); \
4767 break; \
4769 case IMAGE_GLYPH: \
4770 BUILD_IMAGE_GLYPH_STRING (hdc, W, ROW, AREA, START, END, \
4771 HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X); \
4772 break; \
4774 default: \
4775 abort (); \
4778 x_set_glyph_string_background_width (s, START, LAST_X); \
4779 (X) += s->width; \
4782 while (0)
4785 /* Draw glyphs between START and END in AREA of ROW on window W,
4786 starting at x-position X. X is relative to AREA in W. HL is a
4787 face-override with the following meaning:
4789 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT draw normally
4790 DRAW_CURSOR draw in cursor face
4791 DRAW_MOUSE_FACE draw in mouse face.
4792 DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO draw in mode line face
4793 DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN draw an image with a sunken relief around it
4794 DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED draw an image with a raised relief around it
4796 If REAL_START is non-null, return in *REAL_START the real starting
4797 position for display. This can be different from START in case
4798 overlapping glyphs must be displayed. If REAL_END is non-null,
4799 return in *REAL_END the real end position for display. This can be
4800 different from END in case overlapping glyphs must be displayed.
4802 If OVERLAPS_P is non-zero, draw only the foreground of characters
4803 and clip to the physical height of ROW.
4805 Value is the x-position reached, relative to AREA of W. */
4807 static int
4808 x_draw_glyphs (w, x, row, area, start, end, hl, real_start, real_end,
4809 overlaps_p)
4810 struct window *w;
4811 int x;
4812 struct glyph_row *row;
4813 enum glyph_row_area area;
4814 int start, end;
4815 enum draw_glyphs_face hl;
4816 int *real_start, *real_end;
4817 int overlaps_p;
4819 struct glyph_string *head, *tail;
4820 struct glyph_string *s;
4821 int last_x, area_width;
4822 int x_reached;
4823 int i, j;
4824 HDC hdc = get_frame_dc (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)));
4826 /* Let's rather be paranoid than getting a SEGV. */
4827 end = min (end, row->used[area]);
4828 start = max (0, start);
4829 start = min (end, start);
4831 if (real_start)
4832 *real_start = start;
4833 if (real_end)
4834 *real_end = end;
4836 /* Translate X to frame coordinates. Set last_x to the right
4837 end of the drawing area. */
4838 if (row->full_width_p)
4840 /* X is relative to the left edge of W, without scroll bars
4841 or flag areas. */
4842 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
4843 /* int width = FRAME_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f); */
4844 int window_left_x = WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN (w) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
4846 x += window_left_x;
4847 area_width = XFASTINT (w->width) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
4848 last_x = window_left_x + area_width;
4850 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f))
4852 int width = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
4853 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_RIGHT (f))
4854 last_x += width;
4855 else
4856 x -= width;
4859 x += FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f);
4860 last_x -= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f);
4862 else
4864 x = WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, area, x);
4865 area_width = window_box_width (w, area);
4866 last_x = WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, area, area_width);
4869 /* Build a doubly-linked list of glyph_string structures between
4870 head and tail from what we have to draw. Note that the macro
4871 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS will modify its start parameter. That's
4872 the reason we use a separate variable `i'. */
4873 i = start;
4874 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (hdc, w, row, area, i, end, head, tail, hl, x, last_x,
4875 overlaps_p);
4876 if (tail)
4877 x_reached = tail->x + tail->background_width;
4878 else
4879 x_reached = x;
4881 /* If there are any glyphs with lbearing < 0 or rbearing > width in
4882 the row, redraw some glyphs in front or following the glyph
4883 strings built above. */
4884 if (head && !overlaps_p && row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p)
4886 int dummy_x = 0;
4887 struct glyph_string *h, *t;
4889 /* Compute overhangs for all glyph strings. */
4890 for (s = head; s; s = s->next)
4891 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s);
4893 /* Prepend glyph strings for glyphs in front of the first glyph
4894 string that are overwritten because of the first glyph
4895 string's left overhang. The background of all strings
4896 prepended must be drawn because the first glyph string
4897 draws over it. */
4898 i = x_left_overwritten (head);
4899 if (i >= 0)
4901 j = i;
4902 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (hdc, w, row, area, j, start, h, t,
4903 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, dummy_x, last_x,
4904 overlaps_p);
4905 start = i;
4906 if (real_start)
4907 *real_start = start;
4908 x_compute_overhangs_and_x (t, head->x, 1);
4909 x_prepend_glyph_string_lists (&head, &tail, h, t);
4912 /* Prepend glyph strings for glyphs in front of the first glyph
4913 string that overwrite that glyph string because of their
4914 right overhang. For these strings, only the foreground must
4915 be drawn, because it draws over the glyph string at `head'.
4916 The background must not be drawn because this would overwrite
4917 right overhangs of preceding glyphs for which no glyph
4918 strings exist. */
4919 i = x_left_overwriting (head);
4920 if (i >= 0)
4922 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (hdc, w, row, area, i, start, h, t,
4923 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, dummy_x, last_x,
4924 overlaps_p);
4925 for (s = h; s; s = s->next)
4926 s->background_filled_p = 1;
4927 if (real_start)
4928 *real_start = i;
4929 x_compute_overhangs_and_x (t, head->x, 1);
4930 x_prepend_glyph_string_lists (&head, &tail, h, t);
4933 /* Append glyphs strings for glyphs following the last glyph
4934 string tail that are overwritten by tail. The background of
4935 these strings has to be drawn because tail's foreground draws
4936 over it. */
4937 i = x_right_overwritten (tail);
4938 if (i >= 0)
4940 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (hdc, w, row, area, end, i, h, t,
4941 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, x, last_x,
4942 overlaps_p);
4943 x_compute_overhangs_and_x (h, tail->x + tail->width, 0);
4944 x_append_glyph_string_lists (&head, &tail, h, t);
4945 if (real_end)
4946 *real_end = i;
4949 /* Append glyph strings for glyphs following the last glyph
4950 string tail that overwrite tail. The foreground of such
4951 glyphs has to be drawn because it writes into the background
4952 of tail. The background must not be drawn because it could
4953 paint over the foreground of following glyphs. */
4954 i = x_right_overwriting (tail);
4955 if (i >= 0)
4957 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (hdc, w, row, area, end, i, h, t,
4958 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, x, last_x,
4959 overlaps_p);
4960 for (s = h; s; s = s->next)
4961 s->background_filled_p = 1;
4962 x_compute_overhangs_and_x (h, tail->x + tail->width, 0);
4963 x_append_glyph_string_lists (&head, &tail, h, t);
4964 if (real_end)
4965 *real_end = i;
4969 /* Draw all strings. */
4970 for (s = head; s; s = s->next)
4971 x_draw_glyph_string (s);
4973 /* Value is the x-position up to which drawn, relative to AREA of W.
4974 This doesn't include parts drawn because of overhangs. */
4975 x_reached = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_X (w, x_reached);
4976 if (!row->full_width_p)
4978 if (area > LEFT_MARGIN_AREA)
4979 x_reached -= window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA);
4980 if (area > TEXT_AREA)
4981 x_reached -= window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA);
4984 release_frame_dc (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)), hdc);
4986 return x_reached;
4990 /* Fix the display of area AREA of overlapping row ROW in window W. */
4992 static void
4993 x_fix_overlapping_area (w, row, area)
4994 struct window *w;
4995 struct glyph_row *row;
4996 enum glyph_row_area area;
4998 int i, x;
5000 BLOCK_INPUT;
5002 if (area == LEFT_MARGIN_AREA)
5003 x = 0;
5004 else if (area == TEXT_AREA)
5005 x = row->x + window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA);
5006 else
5007 x = (window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA)
5008 + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA));
5010 for (i = 0; i < row->used[area];)
5012 if (row->glyphs[area][i].overlaps_vertically_p)
5014 int start = i, start_x = x;
5018 x += row->glyphs[area][i].pixel_width;
5019 ++i;
5021 while (i < row->used[area]
5022 && row->glyphs[area][i].overlaps_vertically_p);
5024 x_draw_glyphs (w, start_x, row, area, start, i,
5025 (row->inverse_p
5026 ? DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO : DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT),
5027 NULL, NULL, 1);
5029 else
5031 x += row->glyphs[area][i].pixel_width;
5032 ++i;
5036 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
5040 /* Output LEN glyphs starting at START at the nominal cursor position.
5041 Advance the nominal cursor over the text. The global variable
5042 updated_window contains the window being updated, updated_row is
5043 the glyph row being updated, and updated_area is the area of that
5044 row being updated. */
5046 static void
5047 x_write_glyphs (start, len)
5048 struct glyph *start;
5049 int len;
5051 int x, hpos, real_start, real_end;
5053 xassert (updated_window && updated_row);
5054 BLOCK_INPUT;
5056 /* Write glyphs. */
5058 hpos = start - updated_row->glyphs[updated_area];
5059 x = x_draw_glyphs (updated_window, output_cursor.x,
5060 updated_row, updated_area,
5061 hpos, hpos + len,
5062 (updated_row->inverse_p
5063 ? DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO : DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT),
5064 &real_start, &real_end, 0);
5066 /* If we drew over the cursor, note that it is not visible any more. */
5067 note_overwritten_text_cursor (updated_window, real_start,
5068 real_end - real_start);
5070 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
5072 /* Advance the output cursor. */
5073 output_cursor.hpos += len;
5074 output_cursor.x = x;
5078 /* Insert LEN glyphs from START at the nominal cursor position. */
5080 static void
5081 x_insert_glyphs (start, len)
5082 struct glyph *start;
5083 register int len;
5085 struct frame *f;
5086 struct window *w;
5087 int line_height, shift_by_width, shifted_region_width;
5088 struct glyph_row *row;
5089 struct glyph *glyph;
5090 int frame_x, frame_y, hpos, real_start, real_end;
5091 HDC hdc;
5093 xassert (updated_window && updated_row);
5094 BLOCK_INPUT;
5095 w = updated_window;
5096 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
5097 hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
5099 /* Get the height of the line we are in. */
5100 row = updated_row;
5101 line_height = row->height;
5103 /* Get the width of the glyphs to insert. */
5104 shift_by_width = 0;
5105 for (glyph = start; glyph < start + len; ++glyph)
5106 shift_by_width += glyph->pixel_width;
5108 /* Get the width of the region to shift right. */
5109 shifted_region_width = (window_box_width (w, updated_area)
5110 - output_cursor.x
5111 - shift_by_width);
5113 /* Shift right. */
5114 frame_x = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, output_cursor.x);
5115 frame_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, output_cursor.y);
5116 BitBlt (hdc, frame_x + shift_by_width, frame_y,
5117 shifted_region_width, line_height,
5118 hdc, frame_x, frame_y, SRCCOPY);
5120 /* Write the glyphs. */
5121 hpos = start - row->glyphs[updated_area];
5122 x_draw_glyphs (w, output_cursor.x, row, updated_area, hpos, hpos + len,
5123 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, &real_start, &real_end, 0);
5124 note_overwritten_text_cursor (w, real_start, real_end - real_start);
5126 /* Advance the output cursor. */
5127 output_cursor.hpos += len;
5128 output_cursor.x += shift_by_width;
5129 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
5131 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
5135 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
5136 for X frames. */
5138 static void
5139 x_delete_glyphs (n)
5140 register int n;
5142 abort ();
5146 /* Erase the current text line from the nominal cursor position
5147 (inclusive) to pixel column TO_X (exclusive). The idea is that
5148 everything from TO_X onward is already erased.
5150 TO_X is a pixel position relative to updated_area of
5151 updated_window. TO_X == -1 means clear to the end of this area. */
5153 static void
5154 x_clear_end_of_line (to_x)
5155 int to_x;
5157 struct frame *f;
5158 struct window *w = updated_window;
5159 int max_x, min_y, max_y;
5160 int from_x, from_y, to_y;
5162 xassert (updated_window && updated_row);
5163 f = XFRAME (w->frame);
5165 if (updated_row->full_width_p)
5167 max_x = XFASTINT (w->width) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
5168 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f)
5169 && !w->pseudo_window_p)
5170 max_x += FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
5172 else
5173 max_x = window_box_width (w, updated_area);
5174 max_y = window_text_bottom_y (w);
5176 /* TO_X == 0 means don't do anything. TO_X < 0 means clear to end
5177 of window. For TO_X > 0, truncate to end of drawing area. */
5178 if (to_x == 0)
5179 return;
5180 else if (to_x < 0)
5181 to_x = max_x;
5182 else
5183 to_x = min (to_x, max_x);
5185 to_y = min (max_y, output_cursor.y + updated_row->height);
5187 /* Notice if the cursor will be cleared by this operation. */
5188 if (!updated_row->full_width_p)
5189 note_overwritten_text_cursor (w, output_cursor.hpos, -1);
5191 from_x = output_cursor.x;
5193 /* Translate to frame coordinates. */
5194 if (updated_row->full_width_p)
5196 from_x = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, from_x);
5197 to_x = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, to_x);
5199 else
5201 from_x = WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, updated_area, from_x);
5202 to_x = WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, updated_area, to_x);
5205 min_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
5206 from_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, max (min_y, output_cursor.y));
5207 to_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, to_y);
5209 /* Prevent inadvertently clearing to end of the X window. */
5210 if (to_x > from_x && to_y > from_y)
5212 HDC hdc;
5213 BLOCK_INPUT;
5214 hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
5216 w32_clear_area (f, hdc, from_x, from_y, to_x - from_x, to_y - from_y);
5217 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
5218 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
5223 /* Clear entire frame. If updating_frame is non-null, clear that
5224 frame. Otherwise clear the selected frame. */
5226 static void
5227 x_clear_frame ()
5229 struct frame *f;
5231 if (updating_frame)
5232 f = updating_frame;
5233 else
5234 f = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5236 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
5237 longer visible. */
5238 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)));
5239 output_cursor.hpos = output_cursor.vpos = 0;
5240 output_cursor.x = -1;
5242 /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always
5243 follow an explicit cursor_to. */
5244 BLOCK_INPUT;
5246 w32_clear_window (f);
5248 /* We have to clear the scroll bars, too. If we have changed
5249 colors or something like that, then they should be notified. */
5250 x_scroll_bar_clear (f);
5252 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
5256 /* Make audible bell. */
5258 static void
5259 w32_ring_bell (void)
5261 BLOCK_INPUT;
5263 if (visible_bell)
5265 int i;
5266 HWND hwnd = FRAME_W32_WINDOW (SELECTED_FRAME ());
5268 for (i = 0; i < 5; i++)
5270 FlashWindow (hwnd, TRUE);
5271 Sleep (10);
5273 FlashWindow (hwnd, FALSE);
5275 else
5276 w32_sys_ring_bell ();
5278 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
5282 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
5283 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
5284 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
5285 that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */
5287 static void
5288 w32_set_terminal_window (n)
5289 register int n;
5291 /* This function intentionally left blank. */
5296 /***********************************************************************
5297 Line Dance
5298 ***********************************************************************/
5300 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
5301 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
5303 static void
5304 x_ins_del_lines (vpos, n)
5305 int vpos, n;
5307 abort ();
5311 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
5313 static void
5314 x_scroll_run (w, run)
5315 struct window *w;
5316 struct run *run;
5318 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
5319 int x, y, width, height, from_y, to_y, bottom_y;
5320 HDC hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
5322 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
5323 without mode lines. Include in this box the flags areas to the
5324 left and right of W. */
5325 window_box (w, -1, &x, &y, &width, &height);
5326 width += FRAME_X_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f);
5327 x -= FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f);
5329 from_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, run->current_y);
5330 to_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, run->desired_y);
5331 bottom_y = y + height;
5333 if (to_y < from_y)
5335 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
5336 line at the bottom. */
5337 if (from_y + run->height > bottom_y)
5338 height = bottom_y - from_y;
5339 else
5340 height = run->height;
5342 else
5344 /* Scolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
5345 at the bottom. */
5346 if (to_y + run->height > bottom_y)
5347 height = bottom_y - to_y;
5348 else
5349 height = run->height;
5352 BLOCK_INPUT;
5354 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
5355 updated_window = w;
5356 x_clear_cursor (w);
5358 BitBlt (hdc, x, to_y, width, height, hdc, x, from_y, SRCCOPY);
5360 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
5361 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
5366 /***********************************************************************
5367 Exposure Events
5368 ***********************************************************************/
5370 /* Redisplay an exposed area of frame F. X and Y are the upper-left
5371 corner of the exposed rectangle. W and H are width and height of
5372 the exposed area. All are pixel values. W or H zero means redraw
5373 the entire frame. */
5375 static void
5376 expose_frame (f, x, y, w, h)
5377 struct frame *f;
5378 int x, y, w, h;
5380 RECT r;
5382 TRACE ((stderr, "expose_frame "));
5384 /* No need to redraw if frame will be redrawn soon. */
5385 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f))
5387 TRACE ((stderr, " garbaged\n"));
5388 return;
5391 /* If basic faces haven't been realized yet, there is no point in
5392 trying to redraw anything. This can happen when we get an expose
5393 event while Emacs is starting, e.g. by moving another window. */
5394 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f) == NULL
5395 || FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f)->used < BASIC_FACE_ID_SENTINEL)
5397 TRACE ((stderr, " no faces\n"));
5398 return;
5401 if (w == 0 || h == 0)
5403 r.left = r.top = 0;
5404 r.right = CANON_X_UNIT (f) * f->width;
5405 r.bottom = CANON_Y_UNIT (f) * f->height;
5407 else
5409 r.left = x;
5410 r.top = y;
5411 r.right = x + w;
5412 r.bottom = y + h;
5415 TRACE ((stderr, "(%d, %d, %d, %d)\n", r.left, r.top, r.right, r.bottom));
5416 expose_window_tree (XWINDOW (f->root_window), &r);
5418 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window))
5420 struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window);
5421 RECT window_rect;
5422 RECT intersection_rect;
5423 int window_x, window_y, window_width, window_height;
5425 window_box (w, -1, &window_x, &window_y, &window_width, &window_height);
5426 window_rect.left = window_x;
5427 window_rect.top = window_y;
5428 window_rect.right = window_x + window_width;
5429 window_rect.bottom = window_y + window_height;
5431 if (IntersectRect (&intersection_rect, &r, &window_rect))
5432 expose_window (w, &intersection_rect);
5437 /* Redraw (parts) of all windows in the window tree rooted at W that
5438 intersect R. R contains frame pixel coordinates. */
5440 static void
5441 expose_window_tree (w, r)
5442 struct window *w;
5443 RECT *r;
5445 while (w)
5447 if (!NILP (w->hchild))
5448 expose_window_tree (XWINDOW (w->hchild), r);
5449 else if (!NILP (w->vchild))
5450 expose_window_tree (XWINDOW (w->vchild), r);
5451 else
5453 RECT window_rect;
5454 RECT intersection_rect;
5455 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
5456 int window_x, window_y, window_width, window_height;
5458 /* Frame-relative pixel rectangle of W. */
5459 window_box (w, -1, &window_x, &window_y, &window_width,
5460 &window_height);
5461 window_rect.left
5462 = (window_x
5463 - FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f)
5464 - FRAME_LEFT_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f));
5465 window_rect.top = window_y;
5466 window_rect.right = window_rect.left
5467 + (window_width
5468 + FRAME_X_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f)
5469 + FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f));
5470 window_rect.bottom = window_rect.top
5471 + window_height + CURRENT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
5473 if (IntersectRect (&intersection_rect, r, &window_rect))
5474 expose_window (w, &intersection_rect);
5477 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next);
5482 /* Redraw the part of glyph row area AREA of glyph row ROW on window W
5483 which intersects rectangle R. R is in window-relative coordinates. */
5485 static void
5486 expose_area (w, row, r, area)
5487 struct window *w;
5488 struct glyph_row *row;
5489 RECT *r;
5490 enum glyph_row_area area;
5492 int x;
5493 struct glyph *first = row->glyphs[area];
5494 struct glyph *end = row->glyphs[area] + row->used[area];
5495 struct glyph *last;
5496 int first_x;
5498 /* Set x to the window-relative start position for drawing glyphs of
5499 AREA. The first glyph of the text area can be partially visible.
5500 The first glyphs of other areas cannot. */
5501 if (area == LEFT_MARGIN_AREA)
5502 x = 0;
5503 else if (area == TEXT_AREA)
5504 x = row->x + window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA);
5505 else
5506 x = (window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA)
5507 + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA));
5509 if (area == TEXT_AREA && row->fill_line_p)
5510 /* If row extends face to end of line write the whole line. */
5511 x_draw_glyphs (w, x, row, area,
5512 0, row->used[area],
5513 row->inverse_p ? DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO : DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT,
5514 NULL, NULL, 0);
5515 else
5517 /* Find the first glyph that must be redrawn. */
5518 while (first < end
5519 && x + first->pixel_width < r->left)
5521 x += first->pixel_width;
5522 ++first;
5525 /* Find the last one. */
5526 last = first;
5527 first_x = x;
5528 while (last < end
5529 && x < r->right)
5531 x += last->pixel_width;
5532 ++last;
5535 /* Repaint. */
5536 if (last > first)
5537 x_draw_glyphs (w, first_x, row, area,
5538 first - row->glyphs[area],
5539 last - row->glyphs[area],
5540 row->inverse_p ? DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO : DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT,
5541 NULL, NULL, 0);
5546 /* Redraw the parts of the glyph row ROW on window W intersecting
5547 rectangle R. R is in window-relative coordinates. */
5549 static void
5550 expose_line (w, row, r)
5551 struct window *w;
5552 struct glyph_row *row;
5553 RECT *r;
5555 xassert (row->enabled_p);
5557 if (row->mode_line_p || w->pseudo_window_p)
5558 x_draw_glyphs (w, 0, row, TEXT_AREA, 0, row->used[TEXT_AREA],
5559 row->inverse_p ? DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO : DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT,
5560 NULL, NULL, 0);
5561 else
5563 if (row->used[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA])
5564 expose_area (w, row, r, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA);
5565 if (row->used[TEXT_AREA])
5566 expose_area (w, row, r, TEXT_AREA);
5567 if (row->used[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA])
5568 expose_area (w, row, r, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA);
5569 x_draw_row_bitmaps (w, row);
5574 /* Return non-zero if W's cursor intersects rectangle R. */
5576 static int
5577 x_phys_cursor_in_rect_p (w, r)
5578 struct window *w;
5579 RECT *r;
5581 RECT cr, result;
5582 struct glyph *cursor_glyph;
5584 cursor_glyph = get_phys_cursor_glyph (w);
5585 if (cursor_glyph)
5587 cr.left = w->phys_cursor.x;
5588 cr.top = w->phys_cursor.y;
5589 cr.right = cr.left + cursor_glyph->pixel_width;
5590 cr.bottom = cr.top + w->phys_cursor_height;
5591 return IntersectRect (&result, &cr, r);
5593 else
5594 return 0;
5598 /* Redraw a rectangle of window W. R is a rectangle in window
5599 relative coordinates. Call this function with input blocked. */
5601 static void
5602 expose_window (w, r)
5603 struct window *w;
5604 RECT *r;
5606 struct glyph_row *row;
5607 int y;
5608 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w);
5609 int cursor_cleared_p;
5611 /* If window is not yet fully initialized, do nothing. This can
5612 happen when toolkit scroll bars are used and a window is split.
5613 Reconfiguring the scroll bar will generate an expose for a newly
5614 created window. */
5615 if (w->current_matrix == NULL)
5616 return;
5618 TRACE ((stderr, "expose_window (%d, %d, %d, %d)\n",
5619 r->left, r->top, r->right, r->bottom));
5621 /* Convert to window coordinates. */
5622 r->left = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_X (w, r->left);
5623 r->top = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_Y (w, r->top);
5624 r->right = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_X (w, r->right);
5625 r->bottom = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_Y (w, r->bottom);
5627 /* Turn off the cursor. */
5628 if (!w->pseudo_window_p
5629 && x_phys_cursor_in_rect_p (w, r))
5631 x_clear_cursor (w);
5632 cursor_cleared_p = 1;
5634 else
5635 cursor_cleared_p = 0;
5637 /* Find the first row intersecting the rectangle R. */
5638 row = w->current_matrix->rows;
5639 y = 0;
5640 while (row->enabled_p
5641 && y < yb
5642 && y + row->height < r->top)
5644 y += row->height;
5645 ++row;
5648 /* Display the text in the rectangle, one text line at a time. */
5649 while (row->enabled_p
5650 && y < yb
5651 && y < r->bottom)
5653 expose_line (w, row, r);
5654 y += row->height;
5655 ++row;
5658 /* Display the mode line if there is one. */
5659 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w)
5660 && (row = MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix),
5661 row->enabled_p)
5662 && row->y < r->bottom)
5663 expose_line (w, row, r);
5665 if (!w->pseudo_window_p)
5667 /* Draw border between windows. */
5668 x_draw_vertical_border (w);
5670 /* Turn the cursor on again. */
5671 if (cursor_cleared_p)
5672 x_update_window_cursor (w, 1);
5677 static void
5678 frame_highlight (f)
5679 struct frame *f;
5681 x_update_cursor (f, 1);
5684 static void
5685 frame_unhighlight (f)
5686 struct frame *f;
5688 x_update_cursor (f, 1);
5691 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
5692 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
5693 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
5694 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
5695 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
5697 static void
5698 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, frame)
5699 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo;
5700 struct frame *frame;
5702 struct frame *old_focus = dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame;
5704 if (frame != dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame)
5706 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
5707 the correct value of w32_focus_frame. */
5708 dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame = frame;
5710 if (old_focus && old_focus->auto_lower)
5711 x_lower_frame (old_focus);
5713 if (dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame && dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame->auto_raise)
5714 pending_autoraise_frame = dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame;
5715 else
5716 pending_autoraise_frame = 0;
5719 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo);
5722 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
5724 void
5725 x_mouse_leave (dpyinfo)
5726 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo;
5728 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, dpyinfo->w32_focus_event_frame);
5731 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
5732 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
5733 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
5735 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
5736 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
5737 the appropriate X display info. */
5739 static void
5740 w32_frame_rehighlight (frame)
5741 struct frame *frame;
5743 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (frame));
5746 static void
5747 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo)
5748 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo;
5750 struct frame *old_highlight = dpyinfo->w32_highlight_frame;
5752 if (dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame)
5754 dpyinfo->w32_highlight_frame
5755 = ((GC_FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame)))
5756 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame))
5757 : dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame);
5758 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo->w32_highlight_frame))
5760 FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame) = Qnil;
5761 dpyinfo->w32_highlight_frame = dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame;
5764 else
5765 dpyinfo->w32_highlight_frame = 0;
5767 if (dpyinfo->w32_highlight_frame != old_highlight)
5769 if (old_highlight)
5770 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight);
5771 if (dpyinfo->w32_highlight_frame)
5772 frame_highlight (dpyinfo->w32_highlight_frame);
5776 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, etc. */
5778 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
5780 char *
5781 x_get_keysym_name (keysym)
5782 int keysym;
5784 /* Make static so we can always return it */
5785 static char value[100];
5787 BLOCK_INPUT;
5788 GetKeyNameText (keysym, value, 100);
5789 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
5791 return value;
5796 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
5798 /* Given a pixel position (PIX_X, PIX_Y) on frame F, return glyph
5799 co-ordinates in (*X, *Y). Set *BOUNDS to the rectangle that the
5800 glyph at X, Y occupies, if BOUNDS != 0. If NOCLIP is non-zero, do
5801 not force the value into range. */
5803 void
5804 pixel_to_glyph_coords (f, pix_x, pix_y, x, y, bounds, noclip)
5805 FRAME_PTR f;
5806 register int pix_x, pix_y;
5807 register int *x, *y;
5808 RECT *bounds;
5809 int noclip;
5811 /* Support tty mode: if Vwindow_system is nil, behave correctly. */
5812 if (NILP (Vwindow_system))
5814 *x = pix_x;
5815 *y = pix_y;
5816 return;
5819 /* Arrange for the division in PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL etc. to round down
5820 even for negative values. */
5821 if (pix_x < 0)
5822 pix_x -= FONT_WIDTH (FRAME_FONT (f)) - 1;
5823 if (pix_y < 0)
5824 pix_y -= (f)->output_data.w32->line_height - 1;
5826 pix_x = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL (f, pix_x);
5827 pix_y = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_ROW (f, pix_y);
5829 if (bounds)
5831 bounds->left = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, pix_x);
5832 bounds->top = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, pix_y);
5833 bounds->right = bounds->left + FONT_WIDTH (FRAME_FONT (f)) - 1;
5834 bounds->bottom = bounds->top + f->output_data.w32->line_height - 1;
5837 if (!noclip)
5839 if (pix_x < 0)
5840 pix_x = 0;
5841 else if (pix_x > FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f))
5842 pix_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f);
5844 if (pix_y < 0)
5845 pix_y = 0;
5846 else if (pix_y > f->height)
5847 pix_y = f->height;
5850 *x = pix_x;
5851 *y = pix_y;
5855 /* Given HPOS/VPOS in the current matrix of W, return corresponding
5856 frame-relative pixel positions in *FRAME_X and *FRAME_Y. If we
5857 can't tell the positions because W's display is not up to date,
5858 return 0. */
5861 glyph_to_pixel_coords (w, hpos, vpos, frame_x, frame_y)
5862 struct window *w;
5863 int hpos, vpos;
5864 int *frame_x, *frame_y;
5866 int success_p;
5868 xassert (hpos >= 0 && hpos < w->current_matrix->matrix_w);
5869 xassert (vpos >= 0 && vpos < w->current_matrix->matrix_h);
5871 if (display_completed)
5873 struct glyph_row *row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, vpos);
5874 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
5875 struct glyph *end = glyph + min (hpos, row->used[TEXT_AREA]);
5877 *frame_y = row->y;
5878 *frame_x = row->x;
5879 while (glyph < end)
5881 *frame_x += glyph->pixel_width;
5882 ++glyph;
5885 success_p = 1;
5887 else
5889 *frame_y = *frame_x = 0;
5890 success_p = 0;
5893 *frame_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, *frame_y);
5894 *frame_x = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, *frame_x);
5895 return success_p;
5898 BOOL
5899 parse_button (message, pbutton, pup)
5900 int message;
5901 int * pbutton;
5902 int * pup;
5904 int button = 0;
5905 int up = 0;
5907 switch (message)
5909 case WM_LBUTTONDOWN:
5910 button = 0;
5911 up = 0;
5912 break;
5913 case WM_LBUTTONUP:
5914 button = 0;
5915 up = 1;
5916 break;
5917 case WM_MBUTTONDOWN:
5918 if (NILP (Vw32_swap_mouse_buttons))
5919 button = 1;
5920 else
5921 button = 2;
5922 up = 0;
5923 break;
5924 case WM_MBUTTONUP:
5925 if (NILP (Vw32_swap_mouse_buttons))
5926 button = 1;
5927 else
5928 button = 2;
5929 up = 1;
5930 break;
5931 case WM_RBUTTONDOWN:
5932 if (NILP (Vw32_swap_mouse_buttons))
5933 button = 2;
5934 else
5935 button = 1;
5936 up = 0;
5937 break;
5938 case WM_RBUTTONUP:
5939 if (NILP (Vw32_swap_mouse_buttons))
5940 button = 2;
5941 else
5942 button = 1;
5943 up = 1;
5944 break;
5945 default:
5946 return (FALSE);
5949 if (pup) *pup = up;
5950 if (pbutton) *pbutton = button;
5952 return (TRUE);
5956 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
5958 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
5959 the mouse. */
5961 static Lisp_Object
5962 construct_mouse_click (result, msg, f)
5963 struct input_event *result;
5964 W32Msg *msg;
5965 struct frame *f;
5967 int button;
5968 int up;
5970 parse_button (msg->msg.message, &button, &up);
5972 /* Make the event type no_event; we'll change that when we decide
5973 otherwise. */
5974 result->kind = mouse_click;
5975 result->code = button;
5976 result->timestamp = msg->msg.time;
5977 result->modifiers = (msg->dwModifiers
5978 | (up
5979 ? up_modifier
5980 : down_modifier));
5982 XSETINT (result->x, LOWORD (msg->msg.lParam));
5983 XSETINT (result->y, HIWORD (msg->msg.lParam));
5984 XSETFRAME (result->frame_or_window, f);
5985 result->arg = Qnil;
5986 return Qnil;
5989 static Lisp_Object
5990 construct_mouse_wheel (result, msg, f)
5991 struct input_event *result;
5992 W32Msg *msg;
5993 struct frame *f;
5995 POINT p;
5996 result->kind = mouse_wheel;
5997 result->code = (short) HIWORD (msg->msg.wParam);
5998 result->timestamp = msg->msg.time;
5999 result->modifiers = msg->dwModifiers;
6000 p.x = LOWORD (msg->msg.lParam);
6001 p.y = HIWORD (msg->msg.lParam);
6002 ScreenToClient (msg->msg.hwnd, &p);
6003 XSETINT (result->x, p.x);
6004 XSETINT (result->y, p.y);
6005 XSETFRAME (result->frame_or_window, f);
6006 result->arg = Qnil;
6007 return Qnil;
6010 static Lisp_Object
6011 construct_drag_n_drop (result, msg, f)
6012 struct input_event *result;
6013 W32Msg *msg;
6014 struct frame *f;
6016 Lisp_Object files;
6017 Lisp_Object frame;
6018 HDROP hdrop;
6019 POINT p;
6020 WORD num_files;
6021 char *name;
6022 int i, len;
6024 result->kind = drag_n_drop;
6025 result->code = 0;
6026 result->timestamp = msg->msg.time;
6027 result->modifiers = msg->dwModifiers;
6029 hdrop = (HDROP) msg->msg.wParam;
6030 DragQueryPoint (hdrop, &p);
6032 #if 0
6033 p.x = LOWORD (msg->msg.lParam);
6034 p.y = HIWORD (msg->msg.lParam);
6035 ScreenToClient (msg->msg.hwnd, &p);
6036 #endif
6038 XSETINT (result->x, p.x);
6039 XSETINT (result->y, p.y);
6041 num_files = DragQueryFile (hdrop, 0xFFFFFFFF, NULL, 0);
6042 files = Qnil;
6044 for (i = 0; i < num_files; i++)
6046 len = DragQueryFile (hdrop, i, NULL, 0);
6047 if (len <= 0)
6048 continue;
6049 name = alloca (len + 1);
6050 DragQueryFile (hdrop, i, name, len + 1);
6051 files = Fcons (build_string (name), files);
6054 DragFinish (hdrop);
6056 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
6057 result->frame_or_window = Fcons (frame, files);
6058 result->arg = Qnil;
6059 return Qnil;
6063 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
6064 The input handler calls this.
6066 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
6067 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
6068 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
6069 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
6071 static MSG last_mouse_motion_event;
6072 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame;
6074 static void
6075 note_mouse_movement (frame, msg)
6076 FRAME_PTR frame;
6077 MSG *msg;
6079 last_mouse_movement_time = msg->time;
6080 memcpy (&last_mouse_motion_event, msg, sizeof (last_mouse_motion_event));
6081 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame, frame);
6083 if (msg->hwnd != FRAME_W32_WINDOW (frame))
6085 frame->mouse_moved = 1;
6086 last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil;
6087 note_mouse_highlight (frame, -1, -1);
6090 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
6091 else if (LOWORD (msg->lParam) < last_mouse_glyph.left
6092 || LOWORD (msg->lParam) > last_mouse_glyph.right
6093 || HIWORD (msg->lParam) < last_mouse_glyph.top
6094 || HIWORD (msg->lParam) > last_mouse_glyph.bottom)
6096 frame->mouse_moved = 1;
6097 last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil;
6099 note_mouse_highlight (frame, LOWORD (msg->lParam), HIWORD (msg->lParam));
6103 /* This is used for debugging, to turn off note_mouse_highlight. */
6105 int disable_mouse_highlight;
6109 /************************************************************************
6110 Mouse Face
6111 ************************************************************************/
6113 /* Find the glyph under window-relative coordinates X/Y in window W.
6114 Consider only glyphs from buffer text, i.e. no glyphs from overlay
6115 strings. Return in *HPOS and *VPOS the row and column number of
6116 the glyph found. Return in *AREA the glyph area containing X.
6117 Value is a pointer to the glyph found or null if X/Y is not on
6118 text, or we can't tell because W's current matrix is not up to
6119 date. */
6121 static struct glyph *
6122 x_y_to_hpos_vpos (w, x, y, hpos, vpos, area)
6123 struct window *w;
6124 int x, y;
6125 int *hpos, *vpos, *area;
6127 struct glyph *glyph, *end;
6128 struct glyph_row *row = NULL;
6129 int x0, i, left_area_width;
6131 /* Find row containing Y. Give up if some row is not enabled. */
6132 for (i = 0; i < w->current_matrix->nrows; ++i)
6134 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i);
6135 if (!row->enabled_p)
6136 return NULL;
6137 if (y >= row->y && y < MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row))
6138 break;
6141 *vpos = i;
6142 *hpos = 0;
6144 /* Give up if Y is not in the window. */
6145 if (i == w->current_matrix->nrows)
6146 return NULL;
6148 /* Get the glyph area containing X. */
6149 if (w->pseudo_window_p)
6151 *area = TEXT_AREA;
6152 x0 = 0;
6154 else
6156 left_area_width = window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA);
6157 if (x < left_area_width)
6159 *area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA;
6160 x0 = 0;
6162 else if (x < left_area_width + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA))
6164 *area = TEXT_AREA;
6165 x0 = row->x + left_area_width;
6167 else
6169 *area = RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA;
6170 x0 = left_area_width + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA);
6174 /* Find glyph containing X. */
6175 glyph = row->glyphs[*area];
6176 end = glyph + row->used[*area];
6177 while (glyph < end)
6179 if (x < x0 + glyph->pixel_width)
6181 if (w->pseudo_window_p)
6182 break;
6183 else if (BUFFERP (glyph->object))
6184 break;
6187 x0 += glyph->pixel_width;
6188 ++glyph;
6191 if (glyph == end)
6192 return NULL;
6194 *hpos = glyph - row->glyphs[*area];
6195 return glyph;
6199 /* Convert frame-relative x/y to coordinates relative to window W.
6200 Takes pseudo-windows into account. */
6202 static void
6203 frame_to_window_pixel_xy (w, x, y)
6204 struct window *w;
6205 int *x, *y;
6207 if (w->pseudo_window_p)
6209 /* A pseudo-window is always full-width, and starts at the
6210 left edge of the frame, plus a frame border. */
6211 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
6212 *x -= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH_SAFE (f);
6213 *y = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_Y (w, *y);
6215 else
6217 *x = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_X (w, *x);
6218 *y = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_Y (w, *y);
6223 /* Take proper action when mouse has moved to the mode or top line of
6224 window W, x-position X. MODE_LINE_P non-zero means mouse is on the
6225 mode line. X is relative to the start of the text display area of
6226 W, so the width of bitmap areas and scroll bars must be subtracted
6227 to get a position relative to the start of the mode line. */
6229 static void
6230 note_mode_line_highlight (w, x, mode_line_p)
6231 struct window *w;
6232 int x, mode_line_p;
6234 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
6235 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
6236 Cursor cursor = dpyinfo->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor;
6237 struct glyph_row *row;
6239 if (mode_line_p)
6240 row = MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix);
6241 else
6242 row = MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix);
6244 if (row->enabled_p)
6246 struct glyph *glyph, *end;
6247 Lisp_Object help, map;
6248 int x0;
6250 /* Find the glyph under X. */
6251 glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
6252 end = glyph + row->used[TEXT_AREA];
6253 x0 = - (FRAME_LEFT_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f)
6254 + FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f));
6255 while (glyph < end
6256 && x >= x0 + glyph->pixel_width)
6258 x0 += glyph->pixel_width;
6259 ++glyph;
6262 if (glyph < end
6263 && STRINGP (glyph->object)
6264 && XSTRING (glyph->object)->intervals
6265 && glyph->charpos >= 0
6266 && glyph->charpos < XSTRING (glyph->object)->size)
6268 /* If we're on a string with `help-echo' text property,
6269 arrange for the help to be displayed. This is done by
6270 setting the global variable help_echo to the help string. */
6271 help = Fget_text_property (make_number (glyph->charpos),
6272 Qhelp_echo, glyph->object);
6273 if (!NILP (help))
6275 help_echo = help;
6276 XSETWINDOW (help_echo_window, w);
6277 help_echo_object = glyph->object;
6278 help_echo_pos = glyph->charpos;
6281 /* Change the mouse pointer according to what is under X/Y. */
6282 map = Fget_text_property (make_number (glyph->charpos),
6283 Qlocal_map, glyph->object);
6284 if (KEYMAPP (map))
6285 cursor = f->output_data.w32->nontext_cursor;
6289 #if 0 /* TODO: mouse cursor */
6290 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), cursor);
6291 #endif
6295 /* Take proper action when the mouse has moved to position X, Y on
6296 frame F as regards highlighting characters that have mouse-face
6297 properties. Also de-highlighting chars where the mouse was before.
6298 X and Y can be negative or out of range. */
6300 static void
6301 note_mouse_highlight (f, x, y)
6302 struct frame *f;
6303 int x, y;
6305 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
6306 int portion;
6307 Lisp_Object window;
6308 struct window *w;
6310 /* When a menu is active, don't highlight because this looks odd. */
6311 if (popup_activated ())
6312 return;
6314 if (disable_mouse_highlight
6315 || !f->glyphs_initialized_p)
6316 return;
6318 dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_x = x;
6319 dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_y = y;
6320 dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame = f;
6322 if (dpyinfo->mouse_face_defer)
6323 return;
6325 if (gc_in_progress)
6327 dpyinfo->mouse_face_deferred_gc = 1;
6328 return;
6331 /* Which window is that in? */
6332 window = window_from_coordinates (f, x, y, &portion, 1);
6334 /* If we were displaying active text in another window, clear that. */
6335 if (! EQ (window, dpyinfo->mouse_face_window))
6336 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
6338 /* Not on a window -> return. */
6339 if (!WINDOWP (window))
6340 return;
6342 /* Convert to window-relative pixel coordinates. */
6343 w = XWINDOW (window);
6344 frame_to_window_pixel_xy (w, &x, &y);
6346 /* Handle tool-bar window differently since it doesn't display a
6347 buffer. */
6348 if (EQ (window, f->tool_bar_window))
6350 note_tool_bar_highlight (f, x, y);
6351 return;
6354 if (portion == 1 || portion == 3)
6356 /* Mouse is on the mode or top line. */
6357 note_mode_line_highlight (w, x, portion == 1);
6358 return;
6360 #if 0 /* TODO: mouse cursor */
6361 else
6362 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
6363 f->output_data.x->text_cursor);
6364 #endif
6366 /* Are we in a window whose display is up to date?
6367 And verify the buffer's text has not changed. */
6368 if (/* Within text portion of the window. */
6369 portion == 0
6370 && EQ (w->window_end_valid, w->buffer)
6371 && XFASTINT (w->last_modified) == BUF_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer))
6372 && (XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified)
6373 == BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer))))
6375 int hpos, vpos, pos, i, area;
6376 struct glyph *glyph;
6378 /* Find the glyph under X/Y. */
6379 glyph = x_y_to_hpos_vpos (w, x, y, &hpos, &vpos, &area);
6381 /* Clear mouse face if X/Y not over text. */
6382 if (glyph == NULL
6383 || area != TEXT_AREA
6384 || !MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, vpos)->displays_text_p)
6386 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
6387 return;
6390 pos = glyph->charpos;
6391 xassert (w->pseudo_window_p || BUFFERP (glyph->object));
6393 /* Check for mouse-face and help-echo. */
6395 Lisp_Object mouse_face, overlay, position;
6396 Lisp_Object *overlay_vec;
6397 int len, noverlays;
6398 struct buffer *obuf;
6399 int obegv, ozv;
6401 /* If we get an out-of-range value, return now; avoid an error. */
6402 if (pos > BUF_Z (XBUFFER (w->buffer)))
6403 return;
6405 /* Make the window's buffer temporarily current for
6406 overlays_at and compute_char_face. */
6407 obuf = current_buffer;
6408 current_buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
6409 obegv = BEGV;
6410 ozv = ZV;
6411 BEGV = BEG;
6412 ZV = Z;
6414 /* Is this char mouse-active or does it have help-echo? */
6415 XSETINT (position, pos);
6417 /* Put all the overlays we want in a vector in overlay_vec.
6418 Store the length in len. If there are more than 10, make
6419 enough space for all, and try again. */
6420 len = 10;
6421 overlay_vec = (Lisp_Object *) alloca (len * sizeof (Lisp_Object));
6422 noverlays = overlays_at (pos, 0, &overlay_vec, &len, NULL, NULL, 0);
6423 if (noverlays > len)
6425 len = noverlays;
6426 overlay_vec = (Lisp_Object *) alloca (len * sizeof (Lisp_Object));
6427 noverlays = overlays_at (pos, 0, &overlay_vec, &len, NULL, NULL,0);
6430 /* Sort overlays into increasing priority order. */
6431 noverlays = sort_overlays (overlay_vec, noverlays, w);
6433 /* Check mouse-face highlighting. */
6434 if (! (EQ (window, dpyinfo->mouse_face_window)
6435 && vpos >= dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row
6436 && vpos <= dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row
6437 && (vpos > dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row
6438 || hpos >= dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col)
6439 && (vpos < dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row
6440 || hpos < dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col
6441 || dpyinfo->mouse_face_past_end)))
6443 /* Clear the display of the old active region, if any. */
6444 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
6446 /* Find the highest priority overlay that has a mouse-face prop. */
6447 overlay = Qnil;
6448 for (i = noverlays - 1; i >= 0; --i)
6450 mouse_face = Foverlay_get (overlay_vec[i], Qmouse_face);
6451 if (!NILP (mouse_face))
6453 overlay = overlay_vec[i];
6454 break;
6458 /* If no overlay applies, get a text property. */
6459 if (NILP (overlay))
6460 mouse_face = Fget_text_property (position, Qmouse_face, w->buffer);
6462 /* Handle the overlay case. */
6463 if (! NILP (overlay))
6465 /* Find the range of text around this char that
6466 should be active. */
6467 Lisp_Object before, after;
6468 int ignore;
6470 before = Foverlay_start (overlay);
6471 after = Foverlay_end (overlay);
6472 /* Record this as the current active region. */
6473 fast_find_position (w, XFASTINT (before),
6474 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col,
6475 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row,
6476 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_x,
6477 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_y);
6478 dpyinfo->mouse_face_past_end
6479 = !fast_find_position (w, XFASTINT (after),
6480 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col,
6481 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row,
6482 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_x,
6483 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_y);
6484 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = window;
6485 dpyinfo->mouse_face_face_id
6486 = face_at_buffer_position (w, pos, 0, 0,
6487 &ignore, pos + 1, 1);
6489 /* Display it as active. */
6490 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, DRAW_MOUSE_FACE);
6492 /* Handle the text property case. */
6493 else if (! NILP (mouse_face))
6495 /* Find the range of text around this char that
6496 should be active. */
6497 Lisp_Object before, after, beginning, end;
6498 int ignore;
6500 beginning = Fmarker_position (w->start);
6501 XSETINT (end, (BUF_Z (XBUFFER (w->buffer))
6502 - XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos)));
6503 before
6504 = Fprevious_single_property_change (make_number (pos + 1),
6505 Qmouse_face,
6506 w->buffer, beginning);
6507 after
6508 = Fnext_single_property_change (position, Qmouse_face,
6509 w->buffer, end);
6510 /* Record this as the current active region. */
6511 fast_find_position (w, XFASTINT (before),
6512 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col,
6513 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row,
6514 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_x,
6515 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_y);
6516 dpyinfo->mouse_face_past_end
6517 = !fast_find_position (w, XFASTINT (after),
6518 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col,
6519 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row,
6520 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_x,
6521 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_y);
6522 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = window;
6523 dpyinfo->mouse_face_face_id
6524 = face_at_buffer_position (w, pos, 0, 0,
6525 &ignore, pos + 1, 1);
6527 /* Display it as active. */
6528 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, DRAW_MOUSE_FACE);
6532 /* Look for a `help-echo' property. */
6534 Lisp_Object help, overlay;
6536 /* Check overlays first. */
6537 help = Qnil;
6538 for (i = noverlays - 1; i >= 0 && NILP (help); --i)
6540 overlay = overlay_vec[i];
6541 help = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qhelp_echo);
6544 if (!NILP (help))
6546 help_echo = help;
6547 help_echo_window = window;
6548 help_echo_object = overlay;
6549 help_echo_pos = pos;
6551 else
6553 /* Try text properties. */
6554 if ((STRINGP (glyph->object)
6555 && glyph->charpos >= 0
6556 && glyph->charpos < XSTRING (glyph->object)->size)
6557 || (BUFFERP (glyph->object)
6558 && glyph->charpos >= BEGV
6559 && glyph->charpos < ZV))
6560 help = Fget_text_property (make_number (glyph->charpos),
6561 Qhelp_echo, glyph->object);
6563 if (!NILP (help))
6565 help_echo = help;
6566 help_echo_window = window;
6567 help_echo_object = glyph->object;
6568 help_echo_pos = glyph->charpos;
6573 BEGV = obegv;
6574 ZV = ozv;
6575 current_buffer = obuf;
6580 static void
6581 redo_mouse_highlight ()
6583 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame)
6584 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame)))
6585 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame),
6586 LOWORD (last_mouse_motion_event.lParam),
6587 HIWORD (last_mouse_motion_event.lParam));
6592 /***********************************************************************
6593 Tool-bars
6594 ***********************************************************************/
6596 static int x_tool_bar_item P_ ((struct frame *, int, int,
6597 struct glyph **, int *, int *, int *));
6599 /* Tool-bar item index of the item on which a mouse button was pressed
6600 or -1. */
6602 static int last_tool_bar_item;
6605 /* Get information about the tool-bar item at position X/Y on frame F.
6606 Return in *GLYPH a pointer to the glyph of the tool-bar item in
6607 the current matrix of the tool-bar window of F, or NULL if not
6608 on a tool-bar item. Return in *PROP_IDX the index of the tool-bar
6609 item in F->tool_bar_items. Value is
6611 -1 if X/Y is not on a tool-bar item
6612 0 if X/Y is on the same item that was highlighted before.
6613 1 otherwise. */
6615 static int
6616 x_tool_bar_item (f, x, y, glyph, hpos, vpos, prop_idx)
6617 struct frame *f;
6618 int x, y;
6619 struct glyph **glyph;
6620 int *hpos, *vpos, *prop_idx;
6622 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
6623 struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window);
6624 int area;
6626 /* Find the glyph under X/Y. */
6627 *glyph = x_y_to_hpos_vpos (w, x, y, hpos, vpos, &area);
6628 if (*glyph == NULL)
6629 return -1;
6631 /* Get the start of this tool-bar item's properties in
6632 f->tool_bar_items. */
6633 if (!tool_bar_item_info (f, *glyph, prop_idx))
6634 return -1;
6636 /* Is mouse on the highlighted item? */
6637 if (EQ (f->tool_bar_window, dpyinfo->mouse_face_window)
6638 && *vpos >= dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row
6639 && *vpos <= dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row
6640 && (*vpos > dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row
6641 || *hpos >= dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col)
6642 && (*vpos < dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row
6643 || *hpos < dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col
6644 || dpyinfo->mouse_face_past_end))
6645 return 0;
6647 return 1;
6651 /* Handle mouse button event on the tool-bar of frame F, at
6652 frame-relative coordinates X/Y. EVENT_TYPE is either ButtionPress
6653 or ButtonRelase. */
6655 static void
6656 w32_handle_tool_bar_click (f, button_event)
6657 struct frame *f;
6658 struct input_event *button_event;
6660 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
6661 struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window);
6662 int hpos, vpos, prop_idx;
6663 struct glyph *glyph;
6664 Lisp_Object enabled_p;
6665 int x = XFASTINT (button_event->x);
6666 int y = XFASTINT (button_event->y);
6668 /* If not on the highlighted tool-bar item, return. */
6669 frame_to_window_pixel_xy (w, &x, &y);
6670 if (x_tool_bar_item (f, x, y, &glyph, &hpos, &vpos, &prop_idx) != 0)
6671 return;
6673 /* If item is disabled, do nothing. */
6674 enabled_p = AREF (f->tool_bar_items, prop_idx + TOOL_BAR_ITEM_ENABLED_P);
6675 if (NILP (enabled_p))
6676 return;
6678 if (button_event->kind == mouse_click)
6680 /* Show item in pressed state. */
6681 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN);
6682 dpyinfo->mouse_face_image_state = DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN;
6683 last_tool_bar_item = prop_idx;
6685 else
6687 Lisp_Object key, frame;
6688 struct input_event event;
6690 /* Show item in released state. */
6691 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED);
6692 dpyinfo->mouse_face_image_state = DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED;
6694 key = AREF (f->tool_bar_items, prop_idx + TOOL_BAR_ITEM_KEY);
6696 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
6697 event.kind = TOOL_BAR_EVENT;
6698 event.frame_or_window = frame;
6699 event.arg = frame;
6700 kbd_buffer_store_event (&event);
6702 event.kind = TOOL_BAR_EVENT;
6703 event.frame_or_window = frame;
6704 event.arg = key;
6705 event.modifiers = button_event->modifiers;
6706 kbd_buffer_store_event (&event);
6707 last_tool_bar_item = -1;
6712 /* Possibly highlight a tool-bar item on frame F when mouse moves to
6713 tool-bar window-relative coordinates X/Y. Called from
6714 note_mouse_highlight. */
6716 static void
6717 note_tool_bar_highlight (f, x, y)
6718 struct frame *f;
6719 int x, y;
6721 Lisp_Object window = f->tool_bar_window;
6722 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
6723 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
6724 int hpos, vpos;
6725 struct glyph *glyph;
6726 struct glyph_row *row;
6727 int i;
6728 Lisp_Object enabled_p;
6729 int prop_idx;
6730 enum draw_glyphs_face draw = DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED;
6731 int mouse_down_p, rc;
6733 /* Function note_mouse_highlight is called with negative x(y
6734 values when mouse moves outside of the frame. */
6735 if (x <= 0 || y <= 0)
6737 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
6738 return;
6741 rc = x_tool_bar_item (f, x, y, &glyph, &hpos, &vpos, &prop_idx);
6742 if (rc < 0)
6744 /* Not on tool-bar item. */
6745 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
6746 return;
6748 else if (rc == 0)
6749 /* On same tool-bar item as before. */
6750 goto set_help_echo;
6752 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
6754 /* Mouse is down, but on different tool-bar item? */
6755 mouse_down_p = (dpyinfo->grabbed
6756 && f == last_mouse_frame
6757 && FRAME_LIVE_P (f));
6758 if (mouse_down_p
6759 && last_tool_bar_item != prop_idx)
6760 return;
6762 dpyinfo->mouse_face_image_state = DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT;
6763 draw = mouse_down_p ? DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN : DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED;
6765 /* If tool-bar item is not enabled, don't highlight it. */
6766 enabled_p = AREF (f->tool_bar_items, prop_idx + TOOL_BAR_ITEM_ENABLED_P);
6767 if (!NILP (enabled_p))
6769 /* Compute the x-position of the glyph. In front and past the
6770 image is a space. We include this is the highlighted area. */
6771 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, vpos);
6772 for (i = x = 0; i < hpos; ++i)
6773 x += row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][i].pixel_width;
6775 /* Record this as the current active region. */
6776 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = hpos;
6777 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = vpos;
6778 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_x = x;
6779 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_y = row->y;
6780 dpyinfo->mouse_face_past_end = 0;
6782 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = hpos + 1;
6783 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = vpos;
6784 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_x = x + glyph->pixel_width;
6785 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_y = row->y;
6786 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = window;
6787 dpyinfo->mouse_face_face_id = TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID;
6789 /* Display it as active. */
6790 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, draw);
6791 dpyinfo->mouse_face_image_state = draw;
6794 set_help_echo:
6796 /* Set help_echo to a help string.to display for this tool-bar item.
6797 w32_read_socket does the rest. */
6798 help_echo_object = help_echo_window = Qnil;
6799 help_echo_pos = -1;
6800 help_echo = AREF (f->tool_bar_items, prop_idx + TOOL_BAR_ITEM_HELP);
6801 if (NILP (help_echo))
6802 help_echo = AREF (f->tool_bar_items, prop_idx + TOOL_BAR_ITEM_CAPTION);
6807 /* Find the glyph matrix position of buffer position POS in window W.
6808 *HPOS, *VPOS, *X, and *Y are set to the positions found. W's
6809 current glyphs must be up to date. If POS is above window start
6810 return (0, 0, 0, 0). If POS is after end of W, return end of
6811 last line in W. */
6813 static int
6814 fast_find_position (w, pos, hpos, vpos, x, y)
6815 struct window *w;
6816 int pos;
6817 int *hpos, *vpos, *x, *y;
6819 int i;
6820 int lastcol;
6821 int maybe_next_line_p = 0;
6822 int line_start_position;
6823 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w);
6824 struct glyph_row *row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, 0);
6825 struct glyph_row *best_row = row;
6826 int row_vpos = 0, best_row_vpos = 0;
6827 int current_x;
6829 while (row->y < yb)
6831 if (row->used[TEXT_AREA])
6832 line_start_position = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]->charpos;
6833 else
6834 line_start_position = 0;
6836 if (line_start_position > pos)
6837 break;
6838 /* If the position sought is the end of the buffer,
6839 don't include the blank lines at the bottom of the window. */
6840 else if (line_start_position == pos
6841 && pos == BUF_ZV (XBUFFER (w->buffer)))
6843 maybe_next_line_p = 1;
6844 break;
6846 else if (line_start_position > 0)
6848 best_row = row;
6849 best_row_vpos = row_vpos;
6852 if (row->y + row->height >= yb)
6853 break;
6855 ++row;
6856 ++row_vpos;
6859 /* Find the right column within BEST_ROW. */
6860 lastcol = 0;
6861 current_x = best_row->x;
6862 for (i = 0; i < best_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; i++)
6864 struct glyph *glyph = best_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + i;
6865 int charpos;
6867 charpos = glyph->charpos;
6868 if (charpos == pos)
6870 *hpos = i;
6871 *vpos = best_row_vpos;
6872 *x = current_x;
6873 *y = best_row->y;
6874 return 1;
6876 else if (charpos > pos)
6877 break;
6878 else if (charpos > 0)
6879 lastcol = i;
6881 current_x += glyph->pixel_width;
6884 /* If we're looking for the end of the buffer,
6885 and we didn't find it in the line we scanned,
6886 use the start of the following line. */
6887 if (maybe_next_line_p)
6889 ++best_row;
6890 ++best_row_vpos;
6891 lastcol = 0;
6892 current_x = best_row->x;
6895 *vpos = best_row_vpos;
6896 *hpos = lastcol + 1;
6897 *x = current_x;
6898 *y = best_row->y;
6899 return 0;
6903 /* Display the active region described by mouse_face_*
6904 in its mouse-face if HL > 0, in its normal face if HL = 0. */
6906 static void
6907 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, draw)
6908 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo;
6909 enum draw_glyphs_face draw;
6911 struct window *w = XWINDOW (dpyinfo->mouse_face_window);
6912 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
6913 int i;
6914 int cursor_off_p = 0;
6915 struct cursor_pos saved_cursor;
6917 saved_cursor = output_cursor;
6919 /* If window is in the process of being destroyed, don't bother
6920 to do anything. */
6921 if (w->current_matrix == NULL)
6922 goto set_x_cursor;
6924 /* Recognize when we are called to operate on rows that don't exist
6925 anymore. This can happen when a window is split. */
6926 if (dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row >= w->current_matrix->nrows)
6927 goto set_x_cursor;
6929 set_output_cursor (&w->phys_cursor);
6931 /* Note that mouse_face_beg_row etc. are window relative. */
6932 for (i = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row;
6933 i <= dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row;
6934 i++)
6936 int start_hpos, end_hpos, start_x;
6937 struct glyph_row *row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i);
6939 /* Don't do anything if row doesn't have valid contents. */
6940 if (!row->enabled_p)
6941 continue;
6943 /* For all but the first row, the highlight starts at column 0. */
6944 if (i == dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row)
6946 start_hpos = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col;
6947 start_x = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_x;
6949 else
6951 start_hpos = 0;
6952 start_x = 0;
6955 if (i == dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row)
6956 end_hpos = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col;
6957 else
6958 end_hpos = row->used[TEXT_AREA];
6960 /* If the cursor's in the text we are about to rewrite, turn the
6961 cursor off. */
6962 if (!w->pseudo_window_p
6963 && i == output_cursor.vpos
6964 && output_cursor.hpos >= start_hpos - 1
6965 && output_cursor.hpos <= end_hpos)
6967 x_update_window_cursor (w, 0);
6968 cursor_off_p = 1;
6971 if (end_hpos > start_hpos)
6973 row->mouse_face_p = draw == DRAW_MOUSE_FACE;
6974 x_draw_glyphs (w, start_x, row, TEXT_AREA,
6975 start_hpos, end_hpos, draw, NULL, NULL, 0);
6979 /* If we turned the cursor off, turn it back on. */
6980 if (cursor_off_p)
6981 x_display_cursor (w, 1,
6982 output_cursor.hpos, output_cursor.vpos,
6983 output_cursor.x, output_cursor.y);
6985 output_cursor = saved_cursor;
6987 set_x_cursor:
6988 #if 0 /* TODO: mouse cursor */
6989 /* Change the mouse cursor. */
6990 if (draw == DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT)
6991 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
6992 f->output_data.x->text_cursor);
6993 else if (draw == DRAW_MOUSE_FACE)
6994 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
6995 f->output_data.x->cross_cursor);
6996 else
6997 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
6998 f->output_data.x->nontext_cursor);
6999 #endif
7003 /* Clear out the mouse-highlighted active region.
7004 Redraw it un-highlighted first. */
7006 void
7007 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo)
7008 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo;
7010 if (tip_frame)
7011 return;
7013 if (! NILP (dpyinfo->mouse_face_window))
7014 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT);
7016 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1;
7017 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1;
7018 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil;
7022 /* Clear any mouse-face on window W. This function is part of the
7023 redisplay interface, and is called from try_window_id and similar
7024 functions to ensure the mouse-highlight is off. */
7026 static void
7027 x_clear_mouse_face (w)
7028 struct window *w;
7030 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo
7031 = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w->frame));
7032 Lisp_Object window;
7034 BLOCK_INPUT;
7035 XSETWINDOW (window, w);
7036 if (EQ (window, dpyinfo->mouse_face_window))
7037 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
7038 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
7042 /* Just discard the mouse face information for frame F, if any.
7043 This is used when the size of F is changed. */
7045 void
7046 cancel_mouse_face (f)
7047 FRAME_PTR f;
7049 Lisp_Object window;
7050 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
7052 window = dpyinfo->mouse_face_window;
7053 if (! NILP (window) && XFRAME (XWINDOW (window)->frame) == f)
7055 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1;
7056 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1;
7057 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil;
7061 static struct scroll_bar *x_window_to_scroll_bar ();
7062 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion ();
7064 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
7065 *fp should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
7067 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *fp, *bar_window,
7068 and *part to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
7069 is over. Set *x and *y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
7070 position on the scroll bar.
7072 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *fp to the frame the
7073 mouse is on, *bar_window to nil, and *x and *y to the character cell
7074 the mouse is over.
7076 Set *time to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
7077 was at this position.
7079 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
7081 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
7082 movement. */
7084 static void
7085 w32_mouse_position (fp, insist, bar_window, part, x, y, time)
7086 FRAME_PTR *fp;
7087 int insist;
7088 Lisp_Object *bar_window;
7089 enum scroll_bar_part *part;
7090 Lisp_Object *x, *y;
7091 unsigned long *time;
7093 FRAME_PTR f1;
7095 BLOCK_INPUT;
7097 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar) && insist == 0)
7098 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp, bar_window, part, x, y, time);
7099 else
7101 POINT pt;
7103 Lisp_Object frame, tail;
7105 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
7106 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
7107 XFRAME (frame)->mouse_moved = 0;
7109 last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil;
7111 GetCursorPos (&pt);
7113 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
7114 containing the pointer. */
7116 if (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp)->grabbed && last_mouse_frame
7117 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame))
7119 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
7120 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
7121 f1 = last_mouse_frame;
7123 else
7125 /* Is window under mouse one of our frames? */
7126 f1 = x_window_to_frame (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp),
7127 WindowFromPoint (pt));
7130 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
7131 if (! f1)
7133 struct scroll_bar *bar
7134 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (WindowFromPoint (pt));
7136 if (bar)
7138 f1 = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)));
7142 if (f1 == 0 && insist > 0)
7143 f1 = SELECTED_FRAME ();
7145 if (f1)
7147 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
7148 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
7149 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
7150 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
7151 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
7152 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
7153 the frame are divided into. */
7155 #if OLD_REDISPLAY_CODE
7156 int ignore1, ignore2;
7158 ScreenToClient (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f1), &pt);
7160 pixel_to_glyph_coords (f1, pt.x, pt.y, &ignore1, &ignore2,
7161 &last_mouse_glyph,
7162 FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f1)->grabbed
7163 || insist);
7164 #else
7165 ScreenToClient (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f1), &pt);
7167 int width = FRAME_SMALLEST_CHAR_WIDTH (f1);
7168 int height = FRAME_SMALLEST_FONT_HEIGHT (f1);
7169 int x = pt.x;
7170 int y = pt.y;
7172 /* Arrange for the division in PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL etc. to
7173 round down even for negative values. */
7174 if (x < 0)
7175 x -= width - 1;
7176 if (y < 0)
7177 y -= height - 1;
7179 last_mouse_glyph.left = (x + width - 1) / width * width;
7180 last_mouse_glyph.top = (y + height - 1) / height * height;
7181 last_mouse_glyph.right = last_mouse_glyph.left + width;
7182 last_mouse_glyph.bottom = last_mouse_glyph.top + height;
7184 #endif
7186 *bar_window = Qnil;
7187 *part = 0;
7188 *fp = f1;
7189 XSETINT (*x, pt.x);
7190 XSETINT (*y, pt.y);
7191 *time = last_mouse_movement_time;
7196 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
7200 /* Scroll bar support. */
7202 /* Given a window ID, find the struct scroll_bar which manages it.
7203 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
7204 bits. */
7206 static struct scroll_bar *
7207 x_window_to_scroll_bar (window_id)
7208 Window window_id;
7210 Lisp_Object tail;
7212 for (tail = Vframe_list;
7213 XGCTYPE (tail) == Lisp_Cons;
7214 tail = XCDR (tail))
7216 Lisp_Object frame, bar, condemned;
7218 frame = XCAR (tail);
7219 /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */
7220 if (! GC_FRAMEP (frame))
7221 abort ();
7223 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
7224 right window ID. */
7225 condemned = FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame));
7226 for (bar = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame));
7227 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
7228 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
7229 ! GC_NILP (bar) || (bar = condemned,
7230 condemned = Qnil,
7231 ! GC_NILP (bar));
7232 bar = XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next)
7233 if (SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar)) == window_id)
7234 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar);
7237 return 0;
7242 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
7243 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
7245 static void
7246 w32_set_scroll_bar_thumb (bar, portion, position, whole)
7247 struct scroll_bar *bar;
7248 int portion, position, whole;
7250 Window w = SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar);
7251 int range = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, XINT (bar->height));
7252 int sb_page, sb_pos;
7253 BOOL draggingp = !NILP (bar->dragging) ? TRUE : FALSE;
7255 if (whole)
7257 /* Position scroll bar at rock bottom if the bottom of the
7258 buffer is visible. This avoids shinking the thumb away
7259 to nothing if it is held at the bottom of the buffer. */
7260 if (position + portion >= whole)
7262 sb_page = range * (whole - position) / whole
7263 + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE;
7264 sb_pos = range;
7267 sb_page = portion * range / whole + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE;
7268 sb_pos = position * range / whole;
7270 else
7272 sb_page = range;
7273 sb_pos = 0;
7276 BLOCK_INPUT;
7278 if (pfnSetScrollInfo)
7280 SCROLLINFO si;
7282 si.cbSize = sizeof (si);
7283 /* Only update page size if currently dragging, to reduce
7284 flicker effects. */
7285 if (draggingp)
7286 si.fMask = SIF_PAGE;
7287 else
7288 si.fMask = SIF_PAGE | SIF_POS;
7289 si.nPage = sb_page;
7290 si.nPos = sb_pos;
7292 pfnSetScrollInfo (w, SB_CTL, &si, !draggingp);
7294 else
7295 SetScrollPos (w, SB_CTL, sb_pos, !draggingp);
7297 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
7301 /************************************************************************
7302 Scroll bars, general
7303 ************************************************************************/
7305 HWND
7306 my_create_scrollbar (f, bar)
7307 struct frame * f;
7308 struct scroll_bar * bar;
7310 return (HWND) SendMessage (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
7311 WM_EMACS_CREATESCROLLBAR, (WPARAM) f,
7312 (LPARAM) bar);
7315 //#define ATTACH_THREADS
7317 BOOL
7318 my_show_window (FRAME_PTR f, HWND hwnd, int how)
7320 #ifndef ATTACH_THREADS
7321 return SendMessage (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), WM_EMACS_SHOWWINDOW,
7322 (WPARAM) hwnd, (LPARAM) how);
7323 #else
7324 return ShowWindow (hwnd, how);
7325 #endif
7328 void
7329 my_set_window_pos (HWND hwnd, HWND hwndAfter,
7330 int x, int y, int cx, int cy, UINT flags)
7332 #ifndef ATTACH_THREADS
7333 WINDOWPOS pos;
7334 pos.hwndInsertAfter = hwndAfter;
7335 pos.x = x;
7336 pos.y = y;
7337 pos.cx = cx;
7338 pos.cy = cy;
7339 pos.flags = flags;
7340 SendMessage (hwnd, WM_EMACS_SETWINDOWPOS, (WPARAM) &pos, 0);
7341 #else
7342 SetWindowPos (hwnd, hwndAfter, x, y, cx, cy, flags);
7343 #endif
7346 void
7347 my_set_focus (f, hwnd)
7348 struct frame * f;
7349 HWND hwnd;
7351 SendMessage (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), WM_EMACS_SETFOCUS,
7352 (WPARAM) hwnd, 0);
7355 void
7356 my_set_foreground_window (hwnd)
7357 HWND hwnd;
7359 SendMessage (hwnd, WM_EMACS_SETFOREGROUND, (WPARAM) hwnd, 0);
7362 void
7363 my_destroy_window (f, hwnd)
7364 struct frame * f;
7365 HWND hwnd;
7367 SendMessage (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), WM_EMACS_DESTROYWINDOW,
7368 (WPARAM) hwnd, 0);
7371 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
7372 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
7373 WIDTH and HEIGHT are.the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
7374 scroll bar. */
7376 static struct scroll_bar *
7377 x_scroll_bar_create (w, top, left, width, height)
7378 struct window *w;
7379 int top, left, width, height;
7381 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
7382 HWND hwnd;
7383 struct scroll_bar *bar
7384 = XSCROLL_BAR (Fmake_vector (make_number (SCROLL_BAR_VEC_SIZE), Qnil));
7386 BLOCK_INPUT;
7388 XSETWINDOW (bar->window, w);
7389 XSETINT (bar->top, top);
7390 XSETINT (bar->left, left);
7391 XSETINT (bar->width, width);
7392 XSETINT (bar->height, height);
7393 XSETINT (bar->start, 0);
7394 XSETINT (bar->end, 0);
7395 bar->dragging = Qnil;
7397 /* Requires geometry to be set before call to create the real window */
7399 hwnd = my_create_scrollbar (f, bar);
7401 if (pfnSetScrollInfo)
7403 SCROLLINFO si;
7405 si.cbSize = sizeof (si);
7406 si.fMask = SIF_ALL;
7407 si.nMin = 0;
7408 si.nMax = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, height)
7409 + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE;
7410 si.nPage = si.nMax;
7411 si.nPos = 0;
7413 pfnSetScrollInfo (hwnd, SB_CTL, &si, FALSE);
7415 else
7417 SetScrollRange (hwnd, SB_CTL, 0,
7418 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, height), FALSE);
7419 SetScrollPos (hwnd, SB_CTL, 0, FALSE);
7422 SET_SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar, hwnd);
7424 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
7425 bar->next = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f);
7426 bar->prev = Qnil;
7427 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f), bar);
7428 if (! NILP (bar->next))
7429 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev, bar);
7431 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
7433 return bar;
7437 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
7438 nil. */
7440 static void
7441 x_scroll_bar_remove (bar)
7442 struct scroll_bar *bar;
7444 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)));
7446 BLOCK_INPUT;
7448 /* Destroy the window. */
7449 my_destroy_window (f, SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar));
7451 /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */
7452 XWINDOW (bar->window)->vertical_scroll_bar = Qnil;
7454 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
7457 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
7458 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
7459 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
7460 create one. */
7461 static void
7462 w32_set_vertical_scroll_bar (w, portion, whole, position)
7463 struct window *w;
7464 int portion, whole, position;
7466 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
7467 struct scroll_bar *bar;
7468 int top, height, left, sb_left, width, sb_width;
7469 int window_x, window_y, window_width, window_height;
7471 /* Get window dimensions. */
7472 window_box (w, -1, &window_x, &window_y, &window_width, &window_height);
7473 top = window_y;
7474 width = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
7475 height = window_height;
7477 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */
7478 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_RIGHT (f))
7479 left = XINT (w->left) + XINT (w->width) - FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f);
7480 else
7481 left = XFASTINT (w->left);
7482 left *= CANON_X_UNIT (f);
7483 left += FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f);
7485 /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
7486 the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */
7487 if (FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) > 0)
7488 sb_width = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f);
7489 else
7490 sb_width = width;
7492 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */
7493 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_RIGHT (f))
7494 sb_left = left + width - sb_width - (width - sb_width) / 2;
7495 else
7496 sb_left = left + (width - sb_width) / 2;
7498 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
7499 if (NILP (w->vertical_scroll_bar))
7501 HDC hdc;
7502 BLOCK_INPUT;
7503 hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
7504 w32_clear_area (f, hdc, left, top, width, height);
7505 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
7506 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
7508 bar = x_scroll_bar_create (w, top, sb_left, sb_width, height);
7510 else
7512 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
7513 HWND hwnd;
7515 bar = XSCROLL_BAR (w->vertical_scroll_bar);
7516 hwnd = SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar);
7518 /* If already correctly positioned, do nothing. */
7519 if ( XINT (bar->left) == sb_left
7520 && XINT (bar->top) == top
7521 && XINT (bar->width) == sb_width
7522 && XINT (bar->height) == height )
7524 /* Redraw after clear_frame. */
7525 if (!my_show_window (f, hwnd, SW_NORMAL))
7526 InvalidateRect (hwnd, NULL, FALSE);
7528 else
7530 HDC hdc;
7531 BLOCK_INPUT;
7533 hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
7534 /* Since Windows scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
7535 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
7536 w32_clear_area (f, hdc,
7537 left,
7538 top,
7539 width,
7540 height);
7541 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
7543 /* Make sure scroll bar is "visible" before moving, to ensure the
7544 area of the parent window now exposed will be refreshed. */
7545 my_show_window (f, hwnd, SW_HIDE);
7546 MoveWindow (hwnd, sb_left, top,
7547 sb_width, height, TRUE);
7548 if (pfnSetScrollInfo)
7550 SCROLLINFO si;
7552 si.cbSize = sizeof (si);
7553 si.fMask = SIF_RANGE;
7554 si.nMin = 0;
7555 si.nMax = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, height)
7556 + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE;
7558 pfnSetScrollInfo (hwnd, SB_CTL, &si, FALSE);
7560 else
7561 SetScrollRange (hwnd, SB_CTL, 0,
7562 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, height), FALSE);
7563 my_show_window (f, hwnd, SW_NORMAL);
7564 // InvalidateRect (w, NULL, FALSE);
7566 /* Remember new settings. */
7567 XSETINT (bar->left, sb_left);
7568 XSETINT (bar->top, top);
7569 XSETINT (bar->width, sb_width);
7570 XSETINT (bar->height, height);
7572 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
7575 w32_set_scroll_bar_thumb (bar, portion, position, whole);
7577 XSETVECTOR (w->vertical_scroll_bar, bar);
7581 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
7582 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
7583 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
7584 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
7585 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
7586 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
7587 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
7589 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
7590 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
7591 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
7593 static void
7594 w32_condemn_scroll_bars (frame)
7595 FRAME_PTR frame;
7597 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
7598 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame)))
7600 Lisp_Object bar;
7601 bar = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame);
7602 FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame) = XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next;
7603 XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next = FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame);
7604 XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->prev = Qnil;
7605 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame)))
7606 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame))->prev = bar;
7607 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame) = bar;
7611 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
7612 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
7613 static void
7614 w32_redeem_scroll_bar (window)
7615 struct window *window;
7617 struct scroll_bar *bar;
7619 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
7620 if (NILP (window->vertical_scroll_bar))
7621 abort ();
7623 bar = XSCROLL_BAR (window->vertical_scroll_bar);
7625 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
7627 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window));
7629 if (NILP (bar->prev))
7631 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
7632 the lists. */
7633 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f), window->vertical_scroll_bar))
7634 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
7635 return;
7636 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f),
7637 window->vertical_scroll_bar))
7638 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f) = bar->next;
7639 else
7640 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
7641 one or the other! */
7642 abort ();
7644 else
7645 XSCROLL_BAR (bar->prev)->next = bar->next;
7647 if (! NILP (bar->next))
7648 XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev = bar->prev;
7650 bar->next = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f);
7651 bar->prev = Qnil;
7652 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f), bar);
7653 if (! NILP (bar->next))
7654 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev, bar);
7658 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
7659 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
7661 static void
7662 w32_judge_scroll_bars (f)
7663 FRAME_PTR f;
7665 Lisp_Object bar, next;
7667 bar = FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f);
7669 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
7670 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
7671 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f) = Qnil;
7673 for (; ! NILP (bar); bar = next)
7675 struct scroll_bar *b = XSCROLL_BAR (bar);
7677 x_scroll_bar_remove (b);
7679 next = b->next;
7680 b->next = b->prev = Qnil;
7683 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
7684 and they should get garbage-collected. */
7687 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
7688 is set to something other than no_event, it is enqueued.
7690 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
7691 mark bits. */
7693 static int
7694 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar, msg, emacs_event)
7695 struct scroll_bar *bar;
7696 W32Msg *msg;
7697 struct input_event *emacs_event;
7699 if (! GC_WINDOWP (bar->window))
7700 abort ();
7702 emacs_event->kind = w32_scroll_bar_click;
7703 emacs_event->code = 0;
7704 /* not really meaningful to distinguish up/down */
7705 emacs_event->modifiers = msg->dwModifiers;
7706 emacs_event->frame_or_window = bar->window;
7707 emacs_event->arg = Qnil;
7708 emacs_event->timestamp = msg->msg.time;
7711 int top_range = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, XINT (bar->height));
7712 int y;
7713 int dragging = !NILP (bar->dragging);
7715 if (pfnGetScrollInfo)
7717 SCROLLINFO si;
7719 si.cbSize = sizeof (si);
7720 si.fMask = SIF_POS;
7722 pfnGetScrollInfo ((HWND) msg->msg.lParam, SB_CTL, &si);
7723 y = si.nPos;
7725 else
7726 y = GetScrollPos ((HWND) msg->msg.lParam, SB_CTL);
7728 bar->dragging = Qnil;
7731 last_mouse_scroll_bar_pos = msg->msg.wParam;
7733 switch (LOWORD (msg->msg.wParam))
7735 case SB_LINEDOWN:
7736 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_down_arrow;
7737 break;
7738 case SB_LINEUP:
7739 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_up_arrow;
7740 break;
7741 case SB_PAGEUP:
7742 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_above_handle;
7743 break;
7744 case SB_PAGEDOWN:
7745 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_below_handle;
7746 break;
7747 case SB_TOP:
7748 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_handle;
7749 y = 0;
7750 break;
7751 case SB_BOTTOM:
7752 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_handle;
7753 y = top_range;
7754 break;
7755 case SB_THUMBTRACK:
7756 case SB_THUMBPOSITION:
7757 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, XINT (bar->height)) <= 0xffff)
7758 y = HIWORD (msg->msg.wParam);
7759 bar->dragging = Qt;
7760 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_handle;
7762 /* "Silently" update current position. */
7763 if (pfnSetScrollInfo)
7765 SCROLLINFO si;
7767 si.cbSize = sizeof (si);
7768 si.fMask = SIF_POS;
7769 si.nPos = y;
7770 /* Remember apparent position (we actually lag behind the real
7771 position, so don't set that directly. */
7772 last_scroll_bar_drag_pos = y;
7774 pfnSetScrollInfo (SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar), SB_CTL, &si, FALSE);
7776 else
7777 SetScrollPos (SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar), SB_CTL, y, FALSE);
7778 break;
7779 case SB_ENDSCROLL:
7780 /* If this is the end of a drag sequence, then reset the scroll
7781 handle size to normal and do a final redraw. Otherwise do
7782 nothing. */
7783 if (dragging)
7785 if (pfnSetScrollInfo)
7787 SCROLLINFO si;
7788 int start = XINT (bar->start);
7789 int end = XINT (bar->end);
7791 si.cbSize = sizeof (si);
7792 si.fMask = SIF_PAGE | SIF_POS;
7793 si.nPage = end - start + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE;
7794 si.nPos = last_scroll_bar_drag_pos;
7795 pfnSetScrollInfo (SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar), SB_CTL, &si, TRUE);
7797 else
7798 SetScrollPos (SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar), SB_CTL, y, TRUE);
7800 /* fall through */
7801 default:
7802 emacs_event->kind = no_event;
7803 return FALSE;
7806 XSETINT (emacs_event->x, y);
7807 XSETINT (emacs_event->y, top_range);
7809 return TRUE;
7813 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
7814 on the scroll bar. */
7816 static void
7817 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp, bar_window, part, x, y, time)
7818 FRAME_PTR *fp;
7819 Lisp_Object *bar_window;
7820 enum scroll_bar_part *part;
7821 Lisp_Object *x, *y;
7822 unsigned long *time;
7824 struct scroll_bar *bar = XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar);
7825 Window w = SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar);
7826 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)));
7827 int pos;
7828 int top_range = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, XINT (bar->height));
7830 BLOCK_INPUT;
7832 *fp = f;
7833 *bar_window = bar->window;
7835 if (pfnGetScrollInfo)
7837 SCROLLINFO si;
7839 si.cbSize = sizeof (si);
7840 si.fMask = SIF_POS | SIF_PAGE | SIF_RANGE;
7842 pfnGetScrollInfo (w, SB_CTL, &si);
7843 pos = si.nPos;
7844 top_range = si.nMax - si.nPage + 1;
7846 else
7847 pos = GetScrollPos (w, SB_CTL);
7849 switch (LOWORD (last_mouse_scroll_bar_pos))
7851 case SB_THUMBPOSITION:
7852 case SB_THUMBTRACK:
7853 *part = scroll_bar_handle;
7854 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, XINT (bar->height)) <= 0xffff)
7855 pos = HIWORD (last_mouse_scroll_bar_pos);
7856 break;
7857 case SB_LINEDOWN:
7858 *part = scroll_bar_handle;
7859 pos++;
7860 break;
7861 default:
7862 *part = scroll_bar_handle;
7863 break;
7866 XSETINT (*x, pos);
7867 XSETINT (*y, top_range);
7869 f->mouse_moved = 0;
7870 last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil;
7872 *time = last_mouse_movement_time;
7874 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
7878 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
7879 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
7880 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
7881 redraw them. */
7883 void
7884 x_scroll_bar_clear (f)
7885 FRAME_PTR f;
7887 Lisp_Object bar;
7889 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
7890 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
7891 But in that case we should not clear them. */
7892 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f))
7893 for (bar = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f); VECTORP (bar);
7894 bar = XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next)
7896 HWND window = SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar));
7897 HDC hdc = GetDC (window);
7898 RECT rect;
7900 /* Hide scroll bar until ready to repaint. x_scroll_bar_move
7901 arranges to refresh the scroll bar if hidden. */
7902 my_show_window (f, window, SW_HIDE);
7904 GetClientRect (window, &rect);
7905 select_palette (f, hdc);
7906 w32_clear_rect (f, hdc, &rect);
7907 deselect_palette (f, hdc);
7909 ReleaseDC (window, hdc);
7913 show_scroll_bars (f, how)
7914 FRAME_PTR f;
7915 int how;
7917 Lisp_Object bar;
7919 for (bar = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f); VECTORP (bar);
7920 bar = XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next)
7922 HWND window = SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar));
7923 my_show_window (f, window, how);
7928 /* The main W32 event-reading loop - w32_read_socket. */
7930 /* Time stamp of enter window event. This is only used by w32_read_socket,
7931 but we have to put it out here, since static variables within functions
7932 sometimes don't work. */
7934 static Time enter_timestamp;
7936 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
7937 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
7939 static int temp_index;
7940 static short temp_buffer[100];
7943 /* Read events coming from the W32 shell.
7944 This routine is called by the SIGIO handler.
7945 We return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
7947 Events representing keys are stored in buffer BUFP,
7948 which can hold up to NUMCHARS characters.
7949 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
7950 thus pretending to be `read'.
7952 EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available.
7954 Some of these messages are reposted back to the message queue since the
7955 system calls the windows proc directly in a context where we cannot return
7956 the data nor can we guarantee the state we are in. So if we dispatch them
7957 we will get into an infinite loop. To prevent this from ever happening we
7958 will set a variable to indicate we are in the read_socket call and indicate
7959 which message we are processing since the windows proc gets called
7960 recursively with different messages by the system.
7964 w32_read_socket (sd, bufp, numchars, expected)
7965 register int sd;
7966 /* register */ struct input_event *bufp;
7967 /* register */ int numchars;
7968 int expected;
7970 int count = 0;
7971 int check_visibility = 0;
7972 W32Msg msg;
7973 struct frame *f;
7974 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = &one_w32_display_info;
7976 if (interrupt_input_blocked)
7978 interrupt_input_pending = 1;
7979 return -1;
7982 interrupt_input_pending = 0;
7983 BLOCK_INPUT;
7985 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
7986 input_signal_count++;
7988 if (numchars <= 0)
7989 abort (); /* Don't think this happens. */
7991 /* TODO: tooltips, tool-bars, ghostscript integration, mouse
7992 cursors. */
7993 while (get_next_msg (&msg, FALSE))
7995 switch (msg.msg.message)
7997 case WM_PAINT:
7998 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
8000 if (f)
8002 if (msg.rect.right == msg.rect.left ||
8003 msg.rect.bottom == msg.rect.top)
8005 /* We may get paint messages even though the client
8006 area is clipped - these are not expose events. */
8007 DebPrint (("clipped frame %04x (%s) got WM_PAINT\n", f,
8008 XSTRING (f->name)->data));
8010 else if (f->async_visible != 1)
8012 /* Definitely not obscured, so mark as visible. */
8013 f->async_visible = 1;
8014 f->async_iconified = 0;
8015 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f);
8016 DebPrint (("frame %04x (%s) reexposed\n", f,
8017 XSTRING (f->name)->data));
8019 /* WM_PAINT serves as MapNotify as well, so report
8020 visibility changes properly. */
8021 if (f->iconified)
8023 bufp->kind = deiconify_event;
8024 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f);
8025 bufp->arg = Qnil;
8026 bufp++;
8027 count++;
8028 numchars--;
8030 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list)
8031 && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list)))
8032 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later to update the
8033 frame titles in case this is the second frame. */
8034 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
8036 else
8038 HDC hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
8040 /* Erase background again for safety. */
8041 w32_clear_rect (f, hdc, &msg.rect);
8042 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
8043 expose_frame (f,
8044 msg.rect.left,
8045 msg.rect.top,
8046 msg.rect.right - msg.rect.left,
8047 msg.rect.bottom - msg.rect.top);
8050 break;
8052 case WM_INPUTLANGCHANGE:
8053 /* Generate a language change event. */
8054 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
8056 if (f)
8058 if (numchars == 0)
8059 abort ();
8061 bufp->kind = language_change_event;
8062 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f);
8063 bufp->arg = Qnil;
8064 bufp->code = msg.msg.wParam;
8065 bufp->modifiers = msg.msg.lParam & 0xffff;
8066 bufp++;
8067 count++;
8068 numchars--;
8070 break;
8072 case WM_KEYDOWN:
8073 case WM_SYSKEYDOWN:
8074 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
8076 if (f && !f->iconified)
8078 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short))
8079 temp_index = 0;
8080 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = msg.msg.wParam;
8081 bufp->kind = non_ascii_keystroke;
8082 bufp->code = msg.msg.wParam;
8083 bufp->modifiers = msg.dwModifiers;
8084 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f);
8085 bufp->arg = Qnil;
8086 bufp->timestamp = msg.msg.time;
8087 bufp++;
8088 numchars--;
8089 count++;
8091 break;
8093 case WM_SYSCHAR:
8094 case WM_CHAR:
8095 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
8097 if (f && !f->iconified)
8099 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short))
8100 temp_index = 0;
8101 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = msg.msg.wParam;
8102 bufp->kind = ascii_keystroke;
8103 bufp->code = msg.msg.wParam;
8104 bufp->modifiers = msg.dwModifiers;
8105 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f);
8106 bufp->arg = Qnil;
8107 bufp->timestamp = msg.msg.time;
8108 bufp++;
8109 numchars--;
8110 count++;
8112 break;
8114 case WM_MOUSEMOVE:
8115 previous_help_echo = help_echo;
8116 help_echo = help_echo_object = help_echo_window = Qnil;
8117 help_echo_pos = -1;
8119 if (dpyinfo->grabbed && last_mouse_frame
8120 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame))
8121 f = last_mouse_frame;
8122 else
8123 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
8125 if (f)
8126 note_mouse_movement (f, &msg.msg);
8127 else
8129 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
8130 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
8131 clear_mouse_face (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f));
8134 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo
8135 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
8136 if (!NILP (help_echo)
8137 || !NILP (previous_help_echo))
8139 Lisp_Object frame;
8140 int n;
8142 if (f)
8143 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
8144 else
8145 frame = Qnil;
8147 any_help_event_p = 1;
8148 n = gen_help_event (bufp, numchars, help_echo, frame,
8149 help_echo_window, help_echo_object,
8150 help_echo_pos);
8151 bufp += n, count += n, numchars -= n;
8153 break;
8155 case WM_LBUTTONDOWN:
8156 case WM_LBUTTONUP:
8157 case WM_MBUTTONDOWN:
8158 case WM_MBUTTONUP:
8159 case WM_RBUTTONDOWN:
8160 case WM_RBUTTONUP:
8162 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
8163 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
8164 struct input_event emacs_event;
8165 int tool_bar_p = 0;
8166 int button;
8167 int up;
8169 emacs_event.kind = no_event;
8171 if (dpyinfo->grabbed && last_mouse_frame
8172 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame))
8173 f = last_mouse_frame;
8174 else
8175 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
8177 if (f)
8179 construct_mouse_click (&emacs_event, &msg, f);
8181 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
8182 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)
8183 && XFASTINT (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)->height))
8185 Lisp_Object window;
8186 int p, x, y;
8188 /* Set x and y. */
8189 window = window_from_coordinates (f,
8190 emacs_event.x,
8191 emacs_event.y,
8192 &p, 1);
8193 if (EQ (window, f->tool_bar_window))
8195 w32_handle_tool_bar_click (f, &emacs_event);
8196 tool_bar_p = 1;
8200 if (!tool_bar_p)
8201 if (!dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame
8202 || f == dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame
8203 && (numchars >= 1))
8205 construct_mouse_click (bufp, &msg, f);
8206 bufp++;
8207 count++;
8208 numchars--;
8212 parse_button (msg.msg.message, &button, &up);
8214 if (up)
8216 dpyinfo->grabbed &= ~ (1 << button);
8218 else
8220 dpyinfo->grabbed |= (1 << button);
8221 last_mouse_frame = f;
8222 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened
8223 before this event; any subsequent mouse-movement
8224 Emacs events should reflect only motion after
8225 the ButtonPress. */
8226 if (f != 0)
8227 f->mouse_moved = 0;
8229 if (!tool_bar_p)
8230 last_tool_bar_item = -1;
8232 break;
8235 case WM_MOUSEWHEEL:
8236 if (dpyinfo->grabbed && last_mouse_frame
8237 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame))
8238 f = last_mouse_frame;
8239 else
8240 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
8242 if (f)
8244 if ((!dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame
8245 || f == dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame)
8246 && (numchars >= 1))
8248 construct_mouse_wheel (bufp, &msg, f);
8249 bufp++;
8250 count++;
8251 numchars--;
8254 break;
8256 case WM_MENUSELECT:
8258 HMENU menu = (HMENU) msg.msg.lParam;
8259 UINT menu_item = (UINT) LOWORD (msg.msg.wParam);
8260 UINT flags = (UINT) HIWORD (msg.msg.wParam);
8262 w32_menu_display_help (menu, menu_item, flags);
8264 break;
8266 case WM_DROPFILES:
8267 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
8269 if (f)
8271 construct_drag_n_drop (bufp, &msg, f);
8272 bufp++;
8273 count++;
8274 numchars--;
8276 break;
8278 case WM_VSCROLL:
8280 struct scroll_bar *bar =
8281 x_window_to_scroll_bar ((HWND)msg.msg.lParam);
8283 if (bar && numchars >= 1)
8285 if (x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar, &msg, bufp))
8287 bufp++;
8288 count++;
8289 numchars--;
8292 break;
8295 case WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED:
8296 case WM_ACTIVATE:
8297 case WM_ACTIVATEAPP:
8298 check_visibility = 1;
8299 break;
8301 case WM_MOVE:
8302 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
8304 if (f && !f->async_iconified)
8306 int x, y;
8308 x_real_positions (f, &x, &y);
8309 f->output_data.w32->left_pos = x;
8310 f->output_data.w32->top_pos = y;
8313 check_visibility = 1;
8314 break;
8316 case WM_SHOWWINDOW:
8317 /* If window has been obscured or exposed by another window
8318 being maximised or minimised/restored, then recheck
8319 visibility of all frames. Direct changes to our own
8320 windows get handled by WM_SIZE. */
8321 #if 0
8322 if (msg.msg.lParam != 0)
8323 check_visibility = 1;
8324 else
8326 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
8327 f->async_visible = msg.msg.wParam;
8329 #endif
8331 check_visibility = 1;
8332 break;
8334 case WM_SIZE:
8335 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
8337 /* Inform lisp of whether frame has been iconified etc. */
8338 if (f)
8340 switch (msg.msg.wParam)
8342 case SIZE_MINIMIZED:
8343 f->async_visible = 0;
8344 f->async_iconified = 1;
8346 bufp->kind = iconify_event;
8347 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f);
8348 bufp->arg = Qnil;
8349 bufp++;
8350 count++;
8351 numchars--;
8352 break;
8354 case SIZE_MAXIMIZED:
8355 case SIZE_RESTORED:
8356 f->async_visible = 1;
8357 f->async_iconified = 0;
8359 /* wait_reading_process_input will notice this and update
8360 the frame's display structures. */
8361 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f);
8363 if (f->iconified)
8365 int x, y;
8367 /* Reset top and left positions of the Window
8368 here since Windows sends a WM_MOVE message
8369 BEFORE telling us the Window is minimized
8370 when the Window is iconified, with 3000,3000
8371 as the co-ords. */
8372 x_real_positions (f, &x, &y);
8373 f->output_data.w32->left_pos = x;
8374 f->output_data.w32->top_pos = y;
8376 bufp->kind = deiconify_event;
8377 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f);
8378 bufp->arg = Qnil;
8379 bufp++;
8380 count++;
8381 numchars--;
8383 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list)
8384 && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list)))
8385 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later
8386 to update the frame titles
8387 in case this is the second frame. */
8388 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
8389 break;
8393 if (f && !f->async_iconified && msg.msg.wParam != SIZE_MINIMIZED)
8395 RECT rect;
8396 int rows;
8397 int columns;
8398 int width;
8399 int height;
8401 GetClientRect (msg.msg.hwnd, &rect);
8403 height = rect.bottom - rect.top;
8404 width = rect.right - rect.left;
8406 rows = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_HEIGHT (f, height);
8407 columns = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_WIDTH (f, width);
8409 /* TODO: Clip size to the screen dimensions. */
8411 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
8412 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
8413 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
8415 if (columns != f->width
8416 || rows != f->height
8417 || width != f->output_data.w32->pixel_width
8418 || height != f->output_data.w32->pixel_height)
8420 change_frame_size (f, rows, columns, 0, 1, 0);
8421 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f);
8422 cancel_mouse_face (f);
8423 f->output_data.w32->pixel_width = width;
8424 f->output_data.w32->pixel_height = height;
8425 f->output_data.w32->win_gravity = NorthWestGravity;
8429 check_visibility = 1;
8430 break;
8432 case WM_SETFOCUS:
8433 f = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
8435 dpyinfo->w32_focus_event_frame = f;
8437 if (f)
8438 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, f);
8441 dpyinfo->grabbed = 0;
8442 check_visibility = 1;
8443 break;
8445 case WM_KILLFOCUS:
8446 /* TODO: some of this belongs in MOUSE_LEAVE */
8447 f = x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
8449 if (f)
8451 Lisp_Object frame;
8453 if (f == dpyinfo->w32_focus_event_frame)
8454 dpyinfo->w32_focus_event_frame = 0;
8456 if (f == dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame)
8457 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, 0);
8459 if (f == dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
8461 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
8462 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
8463 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
8464 dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame = 0;
8467 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
8468 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
8469 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
8470 the mouse leaves the frame. */
8471 if (any_help_event_p)
8473 int n;
8475 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
8476 n = gen_help_event (bufp, numchars, Qnil, frame,
8477 Qnil, Qnil, 0);
8478 bufp += n, count += n, numchars -=n;
8482 dpyinfo->grabbed = 0;
8483 check_visibility = 1;
8484 break;
8486 case WM_CLOSE:
8487 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
8489 if (f)
8491 if (numchars == 0)
8492 abort ();
8494 bufp->kind = delete_window_event;
8495 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f);
8496 bufp->arg = Qnil;
8497 bufp++;
8498 count++;
8499 numchars--;
8501 break;
8503 case WM_INITMENU:
8504 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
8506 if (f)
8508 if (numchars == 0)
8509 abort ();
8511 bufp->kind = menu_bar_activate_event;
8512 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f);
8513 bufp->arg = Qnil;
8514 bufp++;
8515 count++;
8516 numchars--;
8518 break;
8520 case WM_COMMAND:
8521 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
8523 if (f)
8525 extern void menubar_selection_callback
8526 (FRAME_PTR f, void * client_data);
8527 menubar_selection_callback (f, (void *)msg.msg.wParam);
8530 check_visibility = 1;
8531 break;
8533 case WM_DISPLAYCHANGE:
8534 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
8536 if (f)
8538 dpyinfo->width = (short) LOWORD (msg.msg.lParam);
8539 dpyinfo->height = (short) HIWORD (msg.msg.lParam);
8540 dpyinfo->n_cbits = msg.msg.wParam;
8541 DebPrint (("display change: %d %d\n", dpyinfo->width,
8542 dpyinfo->height));
8545 check_visibility = 1;
8546 break;
8548 default:
8549 /* Check for messages registered at runtime. */
8550 if (msg.msg.message == msh_mousewheel)
8552 if (dpyinfo->grabbed && last_mouse_frame
8553 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame))
8554 f = last_mouse_frame;
8555 else
8556 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
8558 if (f)
8560 if ((!dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame
8561 || f == dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame)
8562 && (numchars >= 1))
8564 construct_mouse_wheel (bufp, &msg, f);
8565 bufp++;
8566 count++;
8567 numchars--;
8571 break;
8575 /* If the focus was just given to an autoraising frame,
8576 raise it now. */
8577 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
8578 if (pending_autoraise_frame)
8580 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame);
8581 pending_autoraise_frame = 0;
8584 /* Check which frames are still visisble, if we have enqueued any user
8585 events or been notified of events that may affect visibility. We
8586 do this here because there doesn't seem to be any direct
8587 notification from Windows that the visibility of a window has
8588 changed (at least, not in all cases). */
8589 if (count > 0 || check_visibility)
8591 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
8593 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
8595 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (frame);
8596 /* Check "visible" frames and mark each as obscured or not.
8597 Note that async_visible is nonzero for unobscured and
8598 obscured frames, but zero for hidden and iconified frames. */
8599 if (FRAME_W32_P (f) && f->async_visible)
8601 RECT clipbox;
8602 HDC hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
8603 GetClipBox (hdc, &clipbox);
8604 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
8606 if (clipbox.right == clipbox.left
8607 || clipbox.bottom == clipbox.top)
8609 /* Frame has become completely obscured so mark as
8610 such (we do this by setting async_visible to 2 so
8611 that FRAME_VISIBLE_P is still true, but redisplay
8612 will skip it). */
8613 f->async_visible = 2;
8615 if (!FRAME_OBSCURED_P (f))
8617 DebPrint (("frame %04x (%s) obscured\n", f,
8618 XSTRING (f->name)->data));
8621 else
8623 /* Frame is not obscured, so mark it as such. */
8624 f->async_visible = 1;
8626 if (FRAME_OBSCURED_P (f))
8628 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f);
8629 DebPrint (("frame %04x (%s) reexposed\n", f,
8630 XSTRING (f->name)->data));
8632 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later. */
8633 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
8640 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
8641 return count;
8647 /***********************************************************************
8648 Text Cursor
8649 ***********************************************************************/
8651 /* Note if the text cursor of window W has been overwritten by a
8652 drawing operation that outputs N glyphs starting at HPOS in the
8653 line given by output_cursor.vpos. N < 0 means all the rest of the
8654 line after HPOS has been written. */
8656 static void
8657 note_overwritten_text_cursor (w, hpos, n)
8658 struct window *w;
8659 int hpos, n;
8661 if (updated_area == TEXT_AREA
8662 && output_cursor.vpos == w->phys_cursor.vpos
8663 && hpos <= w->phys_cursor.hpos
8664 && (n < 0
8665 || hpos + n > w->phys_cursor.hpos))
8666 w->phys_cursor_on_p = 0;
8670 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
8671 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
8672 WHOLE_LINE_P non-zero means include the areas used for truncation
8673 mark display and alike in the clipping rectangle.
8675 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
8676 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
8677 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
8679 static void
8680 w32_clip_to_row (w, row, hdc, whole_line_p)
8681 struct window *w;
8682 struct glyph_row *row;
8683 HDC hdc;
8684 int whole_line_p;
8686 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
8687 RECT clip_rect;
8688 int window_x, window_y, window_width, window_height;
8690 window_box (w, -1, &window_x, &window_y, &window_width, &window_height);
8692 clip_rect.left = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, 0);
8693 clip_rect.top = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, row->y);
8694 clip_rect.top = max (clip_rect.top, window_y);
8695 clip_rect.right = clip_rect.left + window_width;
8696 clip_rect.bottom = clip_rect.top + row->visible_height;
8698 /* If clipping to the whole line, including trunc marks, extend
8699 the rectangle to the left and increase its width. */
8700 if (whole_line_p)
8702 clip_rect.left -= FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f);
8703 clip_rect.right += FRAME_X_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f);
8706 w32_set_clip_rectangle (hdc, &clip_rect);
8710 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
8712 static void
8713 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w, row)
8714 struct window *w;
8715 struct glyph_row *row;
8717 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
8718 HDC hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
8719 RECT rect;
8720 int wd;
8721 struct glyph *cursor_glyph;
8722 HBRUSH hb = CreateSolidBrush (f->output_data.w32->cursor_pixel);
8724 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates from window-relative
8725 coordinates. */
8726 rect.left = WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, w->phys_cursor.x);
8727 rect.top = (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, w->phys_cursor.y)
8728 + row->ascent - w->phys_cursor_ascent);
8729 rect.bottom = rect.top + row->height - 1;
8731 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
8732 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
8733 cursor_glyph = get_phys_cursor_glyph (w);
8734 if (cursor_glyph == NULL)
8735 return;
8737 /* Compute the width of the rectangle to draw. If on a stretch
8738 glyph, and `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a
8739 rectangle as wide as the glyph, but use a canonical character
8740 width instead. */
8741 wd = cursor_glyph->pixel_width - 1;
8742 if (cursor_glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH
8743 && !x_stretch_cursor_p)
8744 wd = min (CANON_X_UNIT (f), wd);
8746 rect.right = rect.left + wd;
8748 FrameRect (hdc, &rect, hb);
8749 DeleteObject (hb);
8751 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
8755 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
8757 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
8758 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
8759 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
8760 --gerd. */
8762 static void
8763 x_draw_bar_cursor (w, row, width)
8764 struct window *w;
8765 struct glyph_row *row;
8766 int width;
8768 /* If cursor hpos is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can
8769 happen in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area
8770 glyphs and mini-buffer. */
8771 if (w->phys_cursor.hpos < row->used[TEXT_AREA])
8773 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
8774 struct glyph *cursor_glyph;
8775 int x;
8776 HDC hdc;
8778 cursor_glyph = get_phys_cursor_glyph (w);
8779 if (cursor_glyph == NULL)
8780 return;
8782 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
8783 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
8784 the bar might not be in the window. */
8785 if (cursor_glyph->type == IMAGE_GLYPH)
8787 struct glyph_row *row;
8788 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->phys_cursor.vpos);
8789 x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w, row, DRAW_CURSOR);
8791 else
8794 x = WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, w->phys_cursor.x);
8796 if (width < 0)
8797 width = f->output_data.w32->cursor_width;
8799 hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
8800 w32_fill_area (f, hdc, f->output_data.w32->cursor_pixel,
8802 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, w->phys_cursor.y),
8803 min (cursor_glyph->pixel_width, width),
8804 row->height);
8805 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
8811 /* Clear the cursor of window W to background color, and mark the
8812 cursor as not shown. This is used when the text where the cursor
8813 is is about to be rewritten. */
8815 static void
8816 x_clear_cursor (w)
8817 struct window *w;
8819 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (XFRAME (w->frame)) && w->phys_cursor_on_p)
8820 x_update_window_cursor (w, 0);
8824 /* Draw the cursor glyph of window W in glyph row ROW. See the
8825 comment of x_draw_glyphs for the meaning of HL. */
8827 static void
8828 x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w, row, hl)
8829 struct window *w;
8830 struct glyph_row *row;
8831 enum draw_glyphs_face hl;
8833 /* If cursor hpos is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can
8834 happen in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area
8835 glyphs and mini-buffer. */
8836 if (w->phys_cursor.hpos < row->used[TEXT_AREA])
8838 x_draw_glyphs (w, w->phys_cursor.x, row, TEXT_AREA,
8839 w->phys_cursor.hpos, w->phys_cursor.hpos + 1,
8840 hl, 0, 0, 0);
8842 /* When we erase the cursor, and ROW is overlapped by other
8843 rows, make sure that these overlapping parts of other rows
8844 are redrawn. */
8845 if (hl == DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT && row->overlapped_p)
8847 if (row > w->current_matrix->rows
8848 && MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_SUCC_P (row - 1))
8849 x_fix_overlapping_area (w, row - 1, TEXT_AREA);
8851 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < window_text_bottom_y (w)
8852 && MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_PRED_P (row + 1))
8853 x_fix_overlapping_area (w, row + 1, TEXT_AREA);
8859 /* Erase the image of a cursor of window W from the screen. */
8861 static void
8862 x_erase_phys_cursor (w)
8863 struct window *w;
8865 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
8866 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
8867 int hpos = w->phys_cursor.hpos;
8868 int vpos = w->phys_cursor.vpos;
8869 int mouse_face_here_p = 0;
8870 struct glyph_matrix *active_glyphs = w->current_matrix;
8871 struct glyph_row *cursor_row;
8872 struct glyph *cursor_glyph;
8873 enum draw_glyphs_face hl;
8875 /* No cursor displayed or row invalidated => nothing to do on the
8876 screen. */
8877 if (w->phys_cursor_type == NO_CURSOR)
8878 goto mark_cursor_off;
8880 /* VPOS >= active_glyphs->nrows means that window has been resized.
8881 Don't bother to erase the cursor. */
8882 if (vpos >= active_glyphs->nrows)
8883 goto mark_cursor_off;
8885 /* If row containing cursor is marked invalid, there is nothing we
8886 can do. */
8887 cursor_row = MATRIX_ROW (active_glyphs, vpos);
8888 if (!cursor_row->enabled_p)
8889 goto mark_cursor_off;
8891 /* This can happen when the new row is shorter than the old one.
8892 In this case, either x_draw_glyphs or clear_end_of_line
8893 should have cleared the cursor. Note that we wouldn't be
8894 able to erase the cursor in this case because we don't have a
8895 cursor glyph at hand. */
8896 if (w->phys_cursor.hpos >= cursor_row->used[TEXT_AREA])
8897 goto mark_cursor_off;
8899 /* If the cursor is in the mouse face area, redisplay that when
8900 we clear the cursor. */
8901 if (w == XWINDOW (dpyinfo->mouse_face_window)
8902 && (vpos > dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row
8903 || (vpos == dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row
8904 && hpos >= dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col))
8905 && (vpos < dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row
8906 || (vpos == dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row
8907 && hpos < dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col))
8908 /* Don't redraw the cursor's spot in mouse face if it is at the
8909 end of a line (on a newline). The cursor appears there, but
8910 mouse highlighting does not. */
8911 && cursor_row->used[TEXT_AREA] > hpos)
8912 mouse_face_here_p = 1;
8914 /* Maybe clear the display under the cursor. */
8915 if (w->phys_cursor_type == HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR)
8917 int x;
8918 int header_line_height = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
8919 HDC hdc;
8921 cursor_glyph = get_phys_cursor_glyph (w);
8922 if (cursor_glyph == NULL)
8923 goto mark_cursor_off;
8925 x = WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, w->phys_cursor.x);
8927 hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
8928 w32_clear_area (f, hdc, x,
8929 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, max (header_line_height,
8930 cursor_row->y)),
8931 cursor_glyph->pixel_width,
8932 cursor_row->visible_height);
8933 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
8936 /* Erase the cursor by redrawing the character underneath it. */
8937 if (mouse_face_here_p)
8938 hl = DRAW_MOUSE_FACE;
8939 else if (cursor_row->inverse_p)
8940 hl = DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO;
8941 else
8942 hl = DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT;
8943 x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w, cursor_row, hl);
8945 mark_cursor_off:
8946 w->phys_cursor_on_p = 0;
8947 w->phys_cursor_type = NO_CURSOR;
8951 /* Display or clear cursor of window W. If ON is zero, clear the
8952 cursor. If it is non-zero, display the cursor. If ON is nonzero,
8953 where to put the cursor is specified by HPOS, VPOS, X and Y. */
8955 void
8956 x_display_and_set_cursor (w, on, hpos, vpos, x, y)
8957 struct window *w;
8958 int on, hpos, vpos, x, y;
8960 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
8961 int new_cursor_type;
8962 int new_cursor_width;
8963 struct glyph_matrix *current_glyphs;
8964 struct glyph_row *glyph_row;
8965 struct glyph *glyph;
8967 /* This is pointless on invisible frames, and dangerous on garbaged
8968 windows and frames; in the latter case, the frame or window may
8969 be in the midst of changing its size, and x and y may be off the
8970 window. */
8971 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f)
8972 || FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f)
8973 || vpos >= w->current_matrix->nrows
8974 || hpos >= w->current_matrix->matrix_w)
8975 return;
8977 /* If cursor is off and we want it off, return quickly. */
8978 if (!on && !w->phys_cursor_on_p)
8979 return;
8981 current_glyphs = w->current_matrix;
8982 glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (current_glyphs, vpos);
8983 glyph = glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + hpos;
8985 /* If cursor row is not enabled, we don't really know where to
8986 display the cursor. */
8987 if (!glyph_row->enabled_p)
8989 w->phys_cursor_on_p = 0;
8990 return;
8993 xassert (interrupt_input_blocked);
8995 /* Set new_cursor_type to the cursor we want to be displayed. In a
8996 mini-buffer window, we want the cursor only to appear if we are
8997 reading input from this window. For the selected window, we want
8998 the cursor type given by the frame parameter. If explicitly
8999 marked off, draw no cursor. In all other cases, we want a hollow
9000 box cursor. */
9001 new_cursor_width = -1;
9002 if (cursor_in_echo_area
9003 && FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f)
9004 && EQ (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f), echo_area_window))
9006 if (w == XWINDOW (echo_area_window))
9007 new_cursor_type = FRAME_DESIRED_CURSOR (f);
9008 else
9009 new_cursor_type = HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR;
9011 else
9013 if (w != XWINDOW (selected_window)
9014 || f != FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->w32_highlight_frame)
9016 extern int cursor_in_non_selected_windows;
9018 if (MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
9019 || !cursor_in_non_selected_windows
9020 || NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->cursor_type))
9021 new_cursor_type = NO_CURSOR;
9022 else
9023 new_cursor_type = HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR;
9025 else if (w->cursor_off_p)
9026 new_cursor_type = NO_CURSOR;
9027 else
9029 struct buffer *b = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
9031 if (EQ (b->cursor_type, Qt))
9032 new_cursor_type = FRAME_DESIRED_CURSOR (f);
9033 else
9034 new_cursor_type = x_specified_cursor_type (b->cursor_type,
9035 &new_cursor_width);
9039 /* If cursor is currently being shown and we don't want it to be or
9040 it is in the wrong place, or the cursor type is not what we want,
9041 erase it. */
9042 if (w->phys_cursor_on_p
9043 && (!on
9044 || w->phys_cursor.x != x
9045 || w->phys_cursor.y != y
9046 || new_cursor_type != w->phys_cursor_type))
9047 x_erase_phys_cursor (w);
9049 /* If the cursor is now invisible and we want it to be visible,
9050 display it. */
9051 if (on && !w->phys_cursor_on_p)
9053 w->phys_cursor_ascent = glyph_row->ascent;
9054 w->phys_cursor_height = glyph_row->height;
9056 /* Set phys_cursor_.* before x_draw_.* is called because some
9057 of them may need the information. */
9058 w->phys_cursor.x = x;
9059 w->phys_cursor.y = glyph_row->y;
9060 w->phys_cursor.hpos = hpos;
9061 w->phys_cursor.vpos = vpos;
9062 w->phys_cursor_type = new_cursor_type;
9063 w->phys_cursor_on_p = 1;
9065 switch (new_cursor_type)
9067 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR:
9068 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w, glyph_row);
9069 break;
9071 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR:
9072 x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w, glyph_row, DRAW_CURSOR);
9073 break;
9075 case BAR_CURSOR:
9076 x_draw_bar_cursor (w, glyph_row, new_cursor_width);
9077 break;
9079 case NO_CURSOR:
9080 break;
9082 default:
9083 abort ();
9089 /* Display the cursor on window W, or clear it. X and Y are window
9090 relative pixel coordinates. HPOS and VPOS are glyph matrix
9091 positions. If W is not the selected window, display a hollow
9092 cursor. ON non-zero means display the cursor at X, Y which
9093 correspond to HPOS, VPOS, otherwise it is cleared. */
9095 void
9096 x_display_cursor (w, on, hpos, vpos, x, y)
9097 struct window *w;
9098 int on, hpos, vpos, x, y;
9100 BLOCK_INPUT;
9101 x_display_and_set_cursor (w, on, hpos, vpos, x, y);
9102 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
9106 /* Display the cursor on window W, or clear it, according to ON_P.
9107 Don't change the cursor's position. */
9109 void
9110 x_update_cursor (f, on_p)
9111 struct frame *f;
9112 int on_p;
9114 x_update_cursor_in_window_tree (XWINDOW (f->root_window), on_p);
9118 /* Call x_update_window_cursor with parameter ON_P on all leaf windows
9119 in the window tree rooted at W. */
9121 static void
9122 x_update_cursor_in_window_tree (w, on_p)
9123 struct window *w;
9124 int on_p;
9126 while (w)
9128 if (!NILP (w->hchild))
9129 x_update_cursor_in_window_tree (XWINDOW (w->hchild), on_p);
9130 else if (!NILP (w->vchild))
9131 x_update_cursor_in_window_tree (XWINDOW (w->vchild), on_p);
9132 else
9133 x_update_window_cursor (w, on_p);
9135 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next);
9140 /* Switch the display of W's cursor on or off, according to the value
9141 of ON. */
9143 static void
9144 x_update_window_cursor (w, on)
9145 struct window *w;
9146 int on;
9148 /* Don't update cursor in windows whose frame is in the process
9149 of being deleted. */
9150 if (w->current_matrix)
9152 BLOCK_INPUT;
9153 x_display_and_set_cursor (w, on, w->phys_cursor.hpos,
9154 w->phys_cursor.vpos, w->phys_cursor.x,
9155 w->phys_cursor.y);
9156 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
9163 /* Icons. */
9166 x_bitmap_icon (f, icon)
9167 struct frame *f;
9168 Lisp_Object icon;
9170 int mask, bitmap_id;
9171 Window icon_window;
9172 HANDLE hicon;
9174 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f) == 0)
9175 return 1;
9177 if (NILP (icon))
9178 hicon = LoadIcon (hinst, EMACS_CLASS);
9179 else if (STRINGP (icon))
9180 hicon = LoadImage (NULL, (LPCTSTR) XSTRING (icon)->data, IMAGE_ICON, 0, 0,
9181 LR_DEFAULTSIZE | LR_LOADFROMFILE);
9182 else if (SYMBOLP (icon))
9184 LPCTSTR name;
9186 if (EQ (icon, intern ("application")))
9187 name = (LPCTSTR) IDI_APPLICATION;
9188 else if (EQ (icon, intern ("hand")))
9189 name = (LPCTSTR) IDI_HAND;
9190 else if (EQ (icon, intern ("question")))
9191 name = (LPCTSTR) IDI_QUESTION;
9192 else if (EQ (icon, intern ("exclamation")))
9193 name = (LPCTSTR) IDI_EXCLAMATION;
9194 else if (EQ (icon, intern ("asterisk")))
9195 name = (LPCTSTR) IDI_ASTERISK;
9196 else if (EQ (icon, intern ("winlogo")))
9197 name = (LPCTSTR) IDI_WINLOGO;
9198 else
9199 return 1;
9201 hicon = LoadIcon (NULL, name);
9203 else
9204 return 1;
9206 if (hicon == NULL)
9207 return 1;
9209 PostMessage (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), WM_SETICON, (WPARAM) ICON_BIG,
9210 (LPARAM) hicon);
9212 return 0;
9216 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
9218 /* Give frame F the font named FONTNAME as its default font, and
9219 return the full name of that font. FONTNAME may be a wildcard
9220 pattern; in that case, we choose some font that fits the pattern.
9221 The return value shows which font we chose. */
9223 Lisp_Object
9224 x_new_font (f, fontname)
9225 struct frame *f;
9226 register char *fontname;
9228 struct font_info *fontp
9229 = FS_LOAD_FONT (f, 0, fontname, -1);
9231 if (!fontp)
9232 return Qnil;
9234 FRAME_FONT (f) = (XFontStruct *) (fontp->font);
9235 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f) = fontp->baseline_offset;
9236 FRAME_FONTSET (f) = -1;
9238 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
9239 if (f->scroll_bar_pixel_width > 0)
9241 int wid = FONT_WIDTH (FRAME_FONT (f));
9242 f->scroll_bar_cols = (f->scroll_bar_pixel_width + wid-1) / wid;
9244 else
9246 int wid = FONT_WIDTH (FRAME_FONT (f));
9247 f->scroll_bar_cols = (14 + wid - 1) / wid;
9250 /* Now make the frame display the given font. */
9251 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f) != 0)
9253 frame_update_line_height (f);
9254 x_set_window_size (f, 0, f->width, f->height);
9256 else
9257 /* If we are setting a new frame's font for the first time,
9258 there are no faces yet, so this font's height is the line height. */
9259 f->output_data.w32->line_height = FONT_HEIGHT (FRAME_FONT (f));
9261 return build_string (fontp->full_name);
9264 /* Give frame F the fontset named FONTSETNAME as its default font, and
9265 return the full name of that fontset. FONTSETNAME may be a wildcard
9266 pattern; in that case, we choose some fontset that fits the pattern.
9267 The return value shows which fontset we chose. */
9269 Lisp_Object
9270 x_new_fontset (f, fontsetname)
9271 struct frame *f;
9272 char *fontsetname;
9274 int fontset = fs_query_fontset (build_string (fontsetname), 0);
9275 Lisp_Object result;
9276 char *fontname;
9278 if (fontset < 0)
9279 return Qnil;
9281 if (FRAME_FONTSET (f) == fontset)
9282 /* This fontset is already set in frame F. There's nothing more
9283 to do. */
9284 return fontset_name (fontset);
9286 result = x_new_font (f, (XSTRING (fontset_ascii (fontset))->data));
9288 if (!STRINGP (result))
9289 /* Can't load ASCII font. */
9290 return Qnil;
9292 /* Since x_new_font doesn't update any fontset information, do it now. */
9293 FRAME_FONTSET(f) = fontset;
9295 return build_string (fontsetname);
9299 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9301 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
9302 font table. */
9304 static void
9305 x_check_font (f, font)
9306 struct frame *f;
9307 XFontStruct *font;
9309 int i;
9310 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
9312 xassert (font != NULL);
9314 for (i = 0; i < dpyinfo->n_fonts; i++)
9315 if (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name
9316 && font == dpyinfo->font_table[i].font)
9317 break;
9319 xassert (i < dpyinfo->n_fonts);
9322 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
9324 /* Set *W to the minimum width, *H to the minimum font height of FONT.
9325 Note: There are (broken) X fonts out there with invalid XFontStruct
9326 min_bounds contents. For example, handa@etl.go.jp reports that
9327 "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--*-180-*-*-m-*-iso8859-1" fonts
9328 have font->min_bounds.width == 0. */
9330 static INLINE void
9331 x_font_min_bounds (font, w, h)
9332 XFontStruct *font;
9333 int *w, *h;
9336 * TODO: Windows does not appear to offer min bound, only
9337 * average and maximum width, and maximum height.
9339 *h = FONT_HEIGHT (font);
9340 *w = FONT_WIDTH (font);
9344 /* Compute the smallest character width and smallest font height over
9345 all fonts available on frame F. Set the members smallest_char_width
9346 and smallest_font_height in F's x_display_info structure to
9347 the values computed. Value is non-zero if smallest_font_height or
9348 smallest_char_width become smaller than they were before. */
9351 x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f)
9352 struct frame *f;
9354 int i;
9355 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
9356 XFontStruct *font;
9357 int old_width = dpyinfo->smallest_char_width;
9358 int old_height = dpyinfo->smallest_font_height;
9360 dpyinfo->smallest_font_height = 100000;
9361 dpyinfo->smallest_char_width = 100000;
9363 for (i = 0; i < dpyinfo->n_fonts; ++i)
9364 if (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name)
9366 struct font_info *fontp = dpyinfo->font_table + i;
9367 int w, h;
9369 font = (XFontStruct *) fontp->font;
9370 xassert (font != (XFontStruct *) ~0);
9371 x_font_min_bounds (font, &w, &h);
9373 dpyinfo->smallest_font_height = min (dpyinfo->smallest_font_height, h);
9374 dpyinfo->smallest_char_width = min (dpyinfo->smallest_char_width, w);
9377 xassert (dpyinfo->smallest_char_width > 0
9378 && dpyinfo->smallest_font_height > 0);
9380 return (dpyinfo->n_fonts == 1
9381 || dpyinfo->smallest_char_width < old_width
9382 || dpyinfo->smallest_font_height < old_height);
9386 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
9387 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
9389 void
9390 x_calc_absolute_position (f)
9391 struct frame *f;
9393 Window child;
9394 POINT pt;
9395 int flags = f->output_data.w32->size_hint_flags;
9397 pt.x = pt.y = 0;
9399 /* Find the position of the outside upper-left corner of
9400 the inner window, with respect to the outer window. */
9401 if (f->output_data.w32->parent_desc != FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->root_window)
9403 BLOCK_INPUT;
9404 MapWindowPoints (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
9405 f->output_data.w32->parent_desc,
9406 &pt, 1);
9407 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
9411 RECT rt;
9412 rt.left = rt.right = rt.top = rt.bottom = 0;
9414 BLOCK_INPUT;
9415 AdjustWindowRect(&rt, f->output_data.w32->dwStyle,
9416 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f));
9417 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
9419 pt.x += (rt.right - rt.left);
9420 pt.y += (rt.bottom - rt.top);
9423 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
9424 position that fits on the screen. */
9425 if (flags & XNegative)
9426 f->output_data.w32->left_pos = (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->width
9427 - 2 * f->output_data.w32->border_width - pt.x
9428 - PIXEL_WIDTH (f)
9429 + f->output_data.w32->left_pos);
9431 if (flags & YNegative)
9432 f->output_data.w32->top_pos = (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->height
9433 - 2 * f->output_data.w32->border_width - pt.y
9434 - PIXEL_HEIGHT (f)
9435 + f->output_data.w32->top_pos);
9436 /* The left_pos and top_pos
9437 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
9438 so the flags should correspond. */
9439 f->output_data.w32->size_hint_flags &= ~ (XNegative | YNegative);
9442 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
9443 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
9444 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
9445 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
9446 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
9448 void
9449 x_set_offset (f, xoff, yoff, change_gravity)
9450 struct frame *f;
9451 register int xoff, yoff;
9452 int change_gravity;
9454 int modified_top, modified_left;
9456 if (change_gravity > 0)
9458 f->output_data.w32->top_pos = yoff;
9459 f->output_data.w32->left_pos = xoff;
9460 f->output_data.w32->size_hint_flags &= ~ (XNegative | YNegative);
9461 if (xoff < 0)
9462 f->output_data.w32->size_hint_flags |= XNegative;
9463 if (yoff < 0)
9464 f->output_data.w32->size_hint_flags |= YNegative;
9465 f->output_data.w32->win_gravity = NorthWestGravity;
9467 x_calc_absolute_position (f);
9469 BLOCK_INPUT;
9470 x_wm_set_size_hint (f, (long) 0, 0);
9472 modified_left = f->output_data.w32->left_pos;
9473 modified_top = f->output_data.w32->top_pos;
9475 my_set_window_pos (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
9476 NULL,
9477 modified_left, modified_top,
9478 0, 0,
9479 SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOACTIVATE);
9480 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
9483 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
9484 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
9485 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
9486 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
9487 void
9488 x_set_window_size (f, change_gravity, cols, rows)
9489 struct frame *f;
9490 int change_gravity;
9491 int cols, rows;
9493 int pixelwidth, pixelheight;
9495 BLOCK_INPUT;
9497 check_frame_size (f, &rows, &cols);
9498 f->output_data.w32->vertical_scroll_bar_extra
9499 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f)
9501 : (FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) * FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.w32->font)));
9502 f->output_data.w32->flags_areas_extra
9503 = FRAME_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f);
9504 pixelwidth = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f, cols);
9505 pixelheight = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, rows);
9507 f->output_data.w32->win_gravity = NorthWestGravity;
9508 x_wm_set_size_hint (f, (long) 0, 0);
9511 RECT rect;
9513 rect.left = rect.top = 0;
9514 rect.right = pixelwidth;
9515 rect.bottom = pixelheight;
9517 AdjustWindowRect(&rect, f->output_data.w32->dwStyle,
9518 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f));
9520 my_set_window_pos (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
9521 NULL,
9522 0, 0,
9523 rect.right - rect.left,
9524 rect.bottom - rect.top,
9525 SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOACTIVATE);
9528 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
9529 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
9530 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
9531 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
9533 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
9534 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
9535 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
9536 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
9537 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
9539 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
9540 a BLOCK_INPUT. */
9541 change_frame_size (f, rows, cols, 0, 1, 0);
9542 PIXEL_WIDTH (f) = pixelwidth;
9543 PIXEL_HEIGHT (f) = pixelheight;
9545 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
9546 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
9547 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
9548 we have to make sure to do it here. */
9549 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f);
9551 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
9552 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f->root_window));
9554 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
9555 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
9556 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
9557 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
9558 cancel_mouse_face (f);
9560 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
9563 /* Mouse warping. */
9565 void x_set_mouse_pixel_position (struct frame *f, int pix_x, int pix_y);
9567 void
9568 x_set_mouse_position (f, x, y)
9569 struct frame *f;
9570 int x, y;
9572 int pix_x, pix_y;
9574 pix_x = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, x) + FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.w32->font) / 2;
9575 pix_y = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, y) + f->output_data.w32->line_height / 2;
9577 if (pix_x < 0) pix_x = 0;
9578 if (pix_x > PIXEL_WIDTH (f)) pix_x = PIXEL_WIDTH (f);
9580 if (pix_y < 0) pix_y = 0;
9581 if (pix_y > PIXEL_HEIGHT (f)) pix_y = PIXEL_HEIGHT (f);
9583 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f, pix_x, pix_y);
9586 void
9587 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f, pix_x, pix_y)
9588 struct frame *f;
9589 int pix_x, pix_y;
9591 RECT rect;
9592 POINT pt;
9594 BLOCK_INPUT;
9596 GetClientRect (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), &rect);
9597 pt.x = rect.left + pix_x;
9598 pt.y = rect.top + pix_y;
9599 ClientToScreen (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), &pt);
9601 SetCursorPos (pt.x, pt.y);
9603 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
9607 /* focus shifting, raising and lowering. */
9609 void
9610 x_focus_on_frame (f)
9611 struct frame *f;
9613 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = &one_w32_display_info;
9615 /* Give input focus to frame. */
9616 BLOCK_INPUT;
9617 #if 0
9618 /* Try not to change its Z-order if possible. */
9619 if (x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, GetForegroundWindow ()))
9620 my_set_focus (f, FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f));
9621 else
9622 #endif
9623 my_set_foreground_window (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f));
9624 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
9627 void
9628 x_unfocus_frame (f)
9629 struct frame *f;
9633 /* Raise frame F. */
9634 void
9635 x_raise_frame (f)
9636 struct frame *f;
9638 BLOCK_INPUT;
9640 /* Strictly speaking, raise-frame should only change the frame's Z
9641 order, leaving input focus unchanged. This is reasonable behaviour
9642 on X where the usual policy is point-to-focus. However, this
9643 behaviour would be very odd on Windows where the usual policy is
9644 click-to-focus.
9646 On X, if the mouse happens to be over the raised frame, it gets
9647 input focus anyway (so the window with focus will never be
9648 completely obscured) - if not, then just moving the mouse over it
9649 is sufficient to give it focus. On Windows, the user must actually
9650 click on the frame (preferrably the title bar so as not to move
9651 point), which is more awkward. Also, no other Windows program
9652 raises a window to the top but leaves another window (possibly now
9653 completely obscured) with input focus.
9655 Because there is a system setting on Windows that allows the user
9656 to choose the point to focus policy, we make the strict semantics
9657 optional, but by default we grab focus when raising. */
9659 if (NILP (Vw32_grab_focus_on_raise))
9661 /* The obvious call to my_set_window_pos doesn't work if Emacs is
9662 not already the foreground application: the frame is raised
9663 above all other frames belonging to us, but not above the
9664 current top window. To achieve that, we have to resort to this
9665 more cumbersome method. */
9667 HDWP handle = BeginDeferWindowPos (2);
9668 if (handle)
9670 DeferWindowPos (handle,
9671 FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
9672 HWND_TOP,
9673 0, 0, 0, 0,
9674 SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOACTIVATE);
9676 DeferWindowPos (handle,
9677 GetForegroundWindow (),
9678 FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
9679 0, 0, 0, 0,
9680 SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOACTIVATE);
9682 EndDeferWindowPos (handle);
9685 else
9687 my_set_foreground_window (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f));
9690 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
9693 /* Lower frame F. */
9694 void
9695 x_lower_frame (f)
9696 struct frame *f;
9698 BLOCK_INPUT;
9699 my_set_window_pos (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
9700 HWND_BOTTOM,
9701 0, 0, 0, 0,
9702 SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOACTIVATE);
9703 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
9706 static void
9707 w32_frame_raise_lower (f, raise_flag)
9708 FRAME_PTR f;
9709 int raise_flag;
9711 if (raise_flag)
9712 x_raise_frame (f);
9713 else
9714 x_lower_frame (f);
9717 /* Change of visibility. */
9719 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
9720 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
9721 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
9722 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
9723 but it will become visible later when the window manager
9724 finishes with it. */
9726 void
9727 x_make_frame_visible (f)
9728 struct frame *f;
9730 Lisp_Object type;
9732 BLOCK_INPUT;
9734 type = x_icon_type (f);
9735 if (!NILP (type))
9736 x_bitmap_icon (f, type);
9738 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
9740 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
9741 call x_set_offset a second time
9742 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
9743 before the window gets really visible. */
9744 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f)
9745 && ! f->output_data.w32->asked_for_visible)
9746 x_set_offset (f, f->output_data.w32->left_pos, f->output_data.w32->top_pos, 0);
9748 f->output_data.w32->asked_for_visible = 1;
9750 // my_show_window (f, FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), f->async_iconified ? SW_RESTORE : SW_SHOW);
9751 my_show_window (f, FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), SW_SHOWNORMAL);
9754 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
9755 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
9756 so that incoming events are handled. */
9758 Lisp_Object frame;
9759 int count;
9761 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
9762 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
9764 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
9766 /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a
9767 MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
9768 MapNotify at all.. */
9769 for (count = input_signal_count + 10;
9770 input_signal_count < count && !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f);)
9772 /* Force processing of queued events. */
9773 /* TODO: x_sync equivalent? */
9775 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been observed
9776 to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an alarm signal
9777 to let the handler know that there's something to be read.
9778 We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems that the handler
9779 isn't always enabled here. This is probably a bug. */
9780 if (input_polling_used ())
9782 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while processing
9783 the fake one. Turn it off and let the handler reset it. */
9784 int old_poll_suppress_count = poll_suppress_count;
9785 poll_suppress_count = 1;
9786 poll_for_input_1 ();
9787 poll_suppress_count = old_poll_suppress_count;
9790 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f);
9794 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
9796 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
9798 x_make_frame_invisible (f)
9799 struct frame *f;
9801 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9802 if (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->w32_highlight_frame == f)
9803 FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->w32_highlight_frame = 0;
9805 BLOCK_INPUT;
9807 my_show_window (f, FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), SW_HIDE);
9809 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
9810 just by the event that we get from the server.
9811 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
9812 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
9813 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
9814 f->visible = 0;
9815 FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f) = 0;
9816 f->async_visible = 0;
9817 f->async_iconified = 0;
9819 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
9822 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
9824 void
9825 x_iconify_frame (f)
9826 struct frame *f;
9828 int result;
9829 Lisp_Object type;
9831 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9832 if (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->w32_highlight_frame == f)
9833 FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->w32_highlight_frame = 0;
9835 if (f->async_iconified)
9836 return;
9838 BLOCK_INPUT;
9840 type = x_icon_type (f);
9841 if (!NILP (type))
9842 x_bitmap_icon (f, type);
9844 /* Simulate the user minimizing the frame. */
9845 SendMessage (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), WM_SYSCOMMAND, SC_MINIMIZE, 0);
9847 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
9850 /* Destroy the window of frame F. */
9852 x_destroy_window (f)
9853 struct frame *f;
9855 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
9857 BLOCK_INPUT;
9859 my_destroy_window (f, FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f));
9860 free_frame_menubar (f);
9861 free_frame_faces (f);
9863 xfree (f->output_data.w32);
9864 f->output_data.w32 = 0;
9865 if (f == dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame)
9866 dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame = 0;
9867 if (f == dpyinfo->w32_focus_event_frame)
9868 dpyinfo->w32_focus_event_frame = 0;
9869 if (f == dpyinfo->w32_highlight_frame)
9870 dpyinfo->w32_highlight_frame = 0;
9872 dpyinfo->reference_count--;
9874 if (f == dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
9876 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row
9877 = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1;
9878 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row
9879 = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1;
9880 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil;
9883 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
9886 /* Setting window manager hints. */
9888 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
9889 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
9890 that the window now has.
9891 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition
9892 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0). */
9893 void
9894 x_wm_set_size_hint (f, flags, user_position)
9895 struct frame *f;
9896 long flags;
9897 int user_position;
9899 Window window = FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f);
9901 enter_crit ();
9903 SetWindowLong (window, WND_FONTWIDTH_INDEX, FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.w32->font));
9904 SetWindowLong (window, WND_LINEHEIGHT_INDEX, f->output_data.w32->line_height);
9905 SetWindowLong (window, WND_BORDER_INDEX, f->output_data.w32->internal_border_width);
9906 SetWindowLong (window, WND_SCROLLBAR_INDEX, f->output_data.w32->vertical_scroll_bar_extra);
9908 leave_crit ();
9911 /* Window manager things */
9912 x_wm_set_icon_position (f, icon_x, icon_y)
9913 struct frame *f;
9914 int icon_x, icon_y;
9916 #if 0
9917 Window window = FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f);
9919 f->display.x->wm_hints.flags |= IconPositionHint;
9920 f->display.x->wm_hints.icon_x = icon_x;
9921 f->display.x->wm_hints.icon_y = icon_y;
9923 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, &f->display.x->wm_hints);
9924 #endif
9929 /***********************************************************************
9930 Initialization
9931 ***********************************************************************/
9933 static int w32_initialized = 0;
9935 void
9936 w32_initialize_display_info (display_name)
9937 Lisp_Object display_name;
9939 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = &one_w32_display_info;
9941 bzero (dpyinfo, sizeof (*dpyinfo));
9943 /* Put it on w32_display_name_list. */
9944 w32_display_name_list = Fcons (Fcons (display_name, Qnil),
9945 w32_display_name_list);
9946 dpyinfo->name_list_element = XCAR (w32_display_name_list);
9948 dpyinfo->w32_id_name
9949 = (char *) xmalloc (XSTRING (Vinvocation_name)->size
9950 + XSTRING (Vsystem_name)->size
9951 + 2);
9952 sprintf (dpyinfo->w32_id_name, "%s@%s",
9953 XSTRING (Vinvocation_name)->data, XSTRING (Vsystem_name)->data);
9955 /* Default Console mode values - overridden when running in GUI mode
9956 with values obtained from system metrics. */
9957 dpyinfo->resx = 1;
9958 dpyinfo->resy = 1;
9959 dpyinfo->height_in = 1;
9960 dpyinfo->width_in = 1;
9961 dpyinfo->n_planes = 1;
9962 dpyinfo->n_cbits = 4;
9963 dpyinfo->n_fonts = 0;
9964 dpyinfo->smallest_font_height = 1;
9965 dpyinfo->smallest_char_width = 1;
9967 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1;
9968 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1;
9969 dpyinfo->mouse_face_face_id = DEFAULT_FACE_ID;
9970 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil;
9972 /* TODO: dpyinfo->gray */
9976 struct w32_display_info *
9977 w32_term_init (display_name, xrm_option, resource_name)
9978 Lisp_Object display_name;
9979 char *xrm_option;
9980 char *resource_name;
9982 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo;
9983 HDC hdc;
9985 BLOCK_INPUT;
9987 if (!w32_initialized)
9989 w32_initialize ();
9990 w32_initialized = 1;
9994 int argc = 0;
9995 char *argv[3];
9997 argv[0] = "";
9998 argc = 1;
9999 if (xrm_option)
10001 argv[argc++] = "-xrm";
10002 argv[argc++] = xrm_option;
10006 w32_initialize_display_info (display_name);
10008 dpyinfo = &one_w32_display_info;
10010 hdc = GetDC (GetDesktopWindow ());
10012 dpyinfo->height = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, VERTRES);
10013 dpyinfo->width = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, HORZRES);
10014 dpyinfo->root_window = GetDesktopWindow ();
10015 dpyinfo->n_planes = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, PLANES);
10016 dpyinfo->n_cbits = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, BITSPIXEL);
10017 dpyinfo->resx = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, LOGPIXELSX);
10018 dpyinfo->resy = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, LOGPIXELSY);
10019 dpyinfo->has_palette = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, RASTERCAPS) & RC_PALETTE;
10020 dpyinfo->image_cache = make_image_cache ();
10021 dpyinfo->height_in = dpyinfo->height / dpyinfo->resx;
10022 dpyinfo->width_in = dpyinfo->width / dpyinfo->resy;
10023 ReleaseDC (GetDesktopWindow (), hdc);
10025 /* initialise palette with white and black */
10027 COLORREF color;
10028 w32_defined_color (0, "white", &color, 1);
10029 w32_defined_color (0, "black", &color, 1);
10032 /* Create Row Bitmaps and store them for later use. */
10033 left_bmp = CreateBitmap (left_width, left_height, 1, 1, left_bits);
10034 ov_bmp = CreateBitmap (ov_width, ov_height, 1, 1, ov_bits);
10035 right_bmp = CreateBitmap (right_width, right_height, 1, 1, right_bits);
10036 continued_bmp = CreateBitmap (continued_width, continued_height, 1,
10037 1, continued_bits);
10038 continuation_bmp = CreateBitmap (continuation_width, continuation_height,
10039 1, 1, continuation_bits);
10040 zv_bmp = CreateBitmap (zv_width, zv_height, 1, 1, zv_bits);
10042 #ifndef F_SETOWN_BUG
10043 #ifdef F_SETOWN
10044 #ifdef F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG
10045 /* stdin is a socket here */
10046 fcntl (connection, F_SETOWN, -getpid ());
10047 #else /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
10048 fcntl (connection, F_SETOWN, getpid ());
10049 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
10050 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
10051 #endif /* F_SETOWN_BUG */
10053 #ifdef SIGIO
10054 if (interrupt_input)
10055 init_sigio (connection);
10056 #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */
10058 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
10060 return dpyinfo;
10063 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, assuming all frames are already gone. */
10065 void
10066 x_delete_display (dpyinfo)
10067 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo;
10069 /* Discard this display from w32_display_name_list and w32_display_list.
10070 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
10071 if (! NILP (w32_display_name_list)
10072 && EQ (XCAR (w32_display_name_list), dpyinfo->name_list_element))
10073 w32_display_name_list = XCDR (w32_display_name_list);
10074 else
10076 Lisp_Object tail;
10078 tail = w32_display_name_list;
10079 while (CONSP (tail) && CONSP (XCDR (tail)))
10081 if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail)), dpyinfo->name_list_element))
10083 XCDR (tail) = XCDR (XCDR (tail));
10084 break;
10086 tail = XCDR (tail);
10090 /* free palette table */
10092 struct w32_palette_entry * plist;
10094 plist = dpyinfo->color_list;
10095 while (plist)
10097 struct w32_palette_entry * pentry = plist;
10098 plist = plist->next;
10099 xfree (pentry);
10101 dpyinfo->color_list = NULL;
10102 if (dpyinfo->palette)
10103 DeleteObject(dpyinfo->palette);
10105 xfree (dpyinfo->font_table);
10106 xfree (dpyinfo->w32_id_name);
10108 /* Destroy row bitmaps. */
10109 DeleteObject (left_bmp);
10110 DeleteObject (ov_bmp);
10111 DeleteObject (right_bmp);
10112 DeleteObject (continued_bmp);
10113 DeleteObject (continuation_bmp);
10114 DeleteObject (zv_bmp);
10117 /* Set up use of W32. */
10119 DWORD w32_msg_worker ();
10121 void
10122 x_flush (struct frame * f)
10123 { /* Nothing to do */ }
10125 static struct redisplay_interface w32_redisplay_interface =
10127 x_produce_glyphs,
10128 x_write_glyphs,
10129 x_insert_glyphs,
10130 x_clear_end_of_line,
10131 x_scroll_run,
10132 x_after_update_window_line,
10133 x_update_window_begin,
10134 x_update_window_end,
10135 w32_cursor_to,
10136 x_flush,
10137 x_clear_mouse_face,
10138 x_get_glyph_overhangs,
10139 x_fix_overlapping_area
10142 void
10143 w32_initialize ()
10145 rif = &w32_redisplay_interface;
10147 /* MSVC does not type K&R functions with no arguments correctly, and
10148 so we must explicitly cast them. */
10149 clear_frame_hook = (void (*)(void)) x_clear_frame;
10150 ins_del_lines_hook = x_ins_del_lines;
10151 change_line_highlight_hook = x_change_line_highlight;
10152 delete_glyphs_hook = x_delete_glyphs;
10153 ring_bell_hook = (void (*)(void)) w32_ring_bell;
10154 reset_terminal_modes_hook = (void (*)(void)) w32_reset_terminal_modes;
10155 set_terminal_modes_hook = (void (*)(void)) w32_set_terminal_modes;
10156 update_begin_hook = x_update_begin;
10157 update_end_hook = x_update_end;
10158 set_terminal_window_hook = w32_set_terminal_window;
10159 read_socket_hook = w32_read_socket;
10160 frame_up_to_date_hook = w32_frame_up_to_date;
10161 reassert_line_highlight_hook = w32_reassert_line_highlight;
10162 mouse_position_hook = w32_mouse_position;
10163 frame_rehighlight_hook = w32_frame_rehighlight;
10164 frame_raise_lower_hook = w32_frame_raise_lower;
10165 set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook = w32_set_vertical_scroll_bar;
10166 condemn_scroll_bars_hook = w32_condemn_scroll_bars;
10167 redeem_scroll_bar_hook = w32_redeem_scroll_bar;
10168 judge_scroll_bars_hook = w32_judge_scroll_bars;
10169 estimate_mode_line_height_hook = x_estimate_mode_line_height;
10171 scroll_region_ok = 1; /* we'll scroll partial frames */
10172 char_ins_del_ok = 0; /* just as fast to write the line */
10173 line_ins_del_ok = 1; /* we'll just blt 'em */
10174 fast_clear_end_of_line = 1; /* X does this well */
10175 memory_below_frame = 0; /* we don't remember what scrolls
10176 off the bottom */
10177 baud_rate = 19200;
10179 last_tool_bar_item = -1;
10180 any_help_event_p = 0;
10182 /* Initialize input mode: interrupt_input off, no flow control, allow
10183 8 bit character input, standard quit char. */
10184 Fset_input_mode (Qnil, Qnil, make_number (2), Qnil);
10186 /* Create the window thread - it will terminate itself or when the app terminates */
10188 init_crit ();
10190 dwMainThreadId = GetCurrentThreadId ();
10191 DuplicateHandle (GetCurrentProcess (), GetCurrentThread (),
10192 GetCurrentProcess (), &hMainThread, 0, TRUE, DUPLICATE_SAME_ACCESS);
10194 /* Wait for thread to start */
10197 MSG msg;
10199 PeekMessage (&msg, NULL, 0, 0, PM_NOREMOVE);
10201 hWindowsThread = CreateThread (NULL, 0,
10202 (LPTHREAD_START_ROUTINE) w32_msg_worker,
10203 0, 0, &dwWindowsThreadId);
10205 GetMessage (&msg, NULL, WM_EMACS_DONE, WM_EMACS_DONE);
10208 /* It is desirable that mainThread should have the same notion of
10209 focus window and active window as windowsThread. Unfortunately, the
10210 following call to AttachThreadInput, which should do precisely what
10211 we need, causes major problems when Emacs is linked as a console
10212 program. Unfortunately, we have good reasons for doing that, so
10213 instead we need to send messages to windowsThread to make some API
10214 calls for us (ones that affect, or depend on, the active/focus
10215 window state. */
10216 #ifdef ATTACH_THREADS
10217 AttachThreadInput (dwMainThreadId, dwWindowsThreadId, TRUE);
10218 #endif
10220 /* Dynamically link to optional system components. */
10222 HANDLE user_lib = LoadLibrary ("user32.dll");
10224 #define LOAD_PROC(fn) pfn##fn = (void *) GetProcAddress (user_lib, #fn)
10226 /* New proportional scroll bar functions. */
10227 LOAD_PROC (SetScrollInfo);
10228 LOAD_PROC (GetScrollInfo);
10230 #undef LOAD_PROC
10232 FreeLibrary (user_lib);
10234 /* If using proportional scroll bars, ensure handle is at least 5 pixels;
10235 otherwise use the fixed height. */
10236 vertical_scroll_bar_min_handle = (pfnSetScrollInfo != NULL) ? 5 :
10237 GetSystemMetrics (SM_CYVTHUMB);
10239 /* For either kind of scroll bar, take account of the arrows; these
10240 effectively form the border of the main scroll bar range. */
10241 vertical_scroll_bar_top_border = vertical_scroll_bar_bottom_border
10242 = GetSystemMetrics (SM_CYVSCROLL);
10246 void
10247 syms_of_w32term ()
10249 staticpro (&w32_display_name_list);
10250 w32_display_name_list = Qnil;
10252 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar);
10253 last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil;
10255 staticpro (&Qvendor_specific_keysyms);
10256 Qvendor_specific_keysyms = intern ("vendor-specific-keysyms");
10258 DEFVAR_INT ("w32-num-mouse-buttons",
10259 &Vw32_num_mouse_buttons,
10260 "Number of physical mouse buttons.");
10261 Vw32_num_mouse_buttons = Qnil;
10263 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-swap-mouse-buttons",
10264 &Vw32_swap_mouse_buttons,
10265 "Swap the mapping of middle and right mouse buttons.\n\
10266 When nil, middle button is mouse-2 and right button is mouse-3.");
10267 Vw32_swap_mouse_buttons = Qnil;
10269 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-grab-focus-on-raise",
10270 &Vw32_grab_focus_on_raise,
10271 "Raised frame grabs input focus.\n\
10272 When t, `raise-frame' grabs input focus as well. This fits well\n\
10273 with the normal Windows click-to-focus policy, but might not be\n\
10274 desirable when using a point-to-focus policy.");
10275 Vw32_grab_focus_on_raise = Qt;
10277 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-capslock-is-shiftlock",
10278 &Vw32_capslock_is_shiftlock,
10279 "Apply CapsLock state to non character input keys.\n\
10280 When nil, CapsLock only affects normal character input keys.");
10281 Vw32_capslock_is_shiftlock = Qnil;
10283 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-recognize-altgr",
10284 &Vw32_recognize_altgr,
10285 "Recognize right-alt and left-ctrl as AltGr.\n\
10286 When nil, the right-alt and left-ctrl key combination is\n\
10287 interpreted normally.");
10288 Vw32_recognize_altgr = Qt;
10290 DEFVAR_BOOL ("w32-enable-unicode-output",
10291 &w32_enable_unicode_output,
10292 "Enable the use of Unicode for text output if non-nil.\n\
10293 Unicode output may prevent some third party applications for displaying\n\
10294 Far-East Languages on Windows 95/98 from working properly.\n\
10295 NT uses Unicode internally anyway, so this flag will probably have no\n\
10296 affect on NT machines.");
10297 w32_enable_unicode_output = 1;
10299 help_echo = Qnil;
10300 staticpro (&help_echo);
10301 help_echo_object = Qnil;
10302 staticpro (&help_echo_object);
10303 help_echo_window = Qnil;
10304 staticpro (&help_echo_window);
10305 previous_help_echo = Qnil;
10306 staticpro (&previous_help_echo);
10307 help_echo_pos = -1;
10309 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-stretch-cursor", &x_stretch_cursor_p,
10310 "*Non-nil means draw block cursor as wide as the glyph under it.\n\
10311 For example, if a block cursor is over a tab, it will be drawn as\n\
10312 wide as that tab on the display.");
10313 x_stretch_cursor_p = 0;
10315 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars-p", &x_toolkit_scroll_bars_p,
10316 "If not nil, Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars.");
10317 x_toolkit_scroll_bars_p = 1;
10319 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame);
10320 last_mouse_motion_frame = Qnil;